05.03.2013 Views

2012-2013 Shop Practice Manual - Salomon Certification

2012-2013 Shop Practice Manual - Salomon Certification

2012-2013 Shop Practice Manual - Salomon Certification

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

SHOP PRACTICES<br />

& SPARE PARTS<br />

12/13


COnTEnTS<br />

<strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> SHOP PRACTICES MAnuAl<br />

BIndIng 1<br />

Alpine Binding Liability Indemnification 4<br />

Binding Quick Reference Chart 6<br />

RETAIl BIndIng SySTEMS 7<br />

Preparation 7<br />

Installation 8<br />

Binding-to-Boot Adjustments 19<br />

Release Value Selection & Adjustment 21<br />

Final Checking & Visual Inspection 23<br />

Mechanical Inspection 24<br />

Skier Instruction, Warning & Record Keeping 26<br />

REnTAl & dEMO BIndIng SySTEMS 28<br />

Preparation 28<br />

Installation 29<br />

Binding-to-Boot AdJustments 30<br />

Release Value Selection & Adjustment 31<br />

Rental Visual & Mechanical Inspection 31<br />

Skier Instruction, Warning & Record Keeping 35<br />

BIndIng MAInTEnAnCE And REPAIR 38<br />

Maintenance & Repair 38<br />

CERTIfICATIOn PROgRAM 40<br />

Technician <strong>Certification</strong> Exam 40<br />

AlPInE SkI 44<br />

Technical Features 44<br />

AlPInE BOOT 49<br />

Standard Boot Norms 49<br />

Technical Features 50<br />

Advanced Fit Technology Liner 51<br />

Custom Shell technology 53<br />

Boot Technologies 55<br />

Model-Specific concepts 57<br />

HElMET 60<br />

Helmet Technology 61<br />

SPARE PARTS 63<br />

WARRAnTy 81<br />

The <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s <strong>Manual</strong> is published<br />

by Amer Sports for Authorized Alpine Binding<br />

Dealers. This manual provides current technical<br />

information, certification requirements, and indemnification<br />

information. Please keep a copy of this<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> on hand as a quick, easy, and reliable reference<br />

for servicing <strong>Salomon</strong> alpine bindings. Because<br />

the content of the <strong>Manual</strong> changes every year, you<br />

should keep previous editions available as references<br />

for servicing older products. Your <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

<strong>Certification</strong> Web site will one day provide a resource<br />

of archived material for your reference as well.<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> continues to be the number one winter<br />

sports brand worldwide. Our goal is to advance our<br />

breakthrough technologies featuring innovation in<br />

safety and performance binding systems.<br />

Cover Photo<br />

Photographer: Scott Markewitz.<br />

Rev. 01 - 120905


Photo: Scott Markewitz BIndIng<br />

Technical reference for<br />

the complete line of current<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> alpine bindings


BIndIng<br />

<strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> CERTIfICATIOn PROgRAM<br />

Amer Sports provides its Authorized Alpine Binding Dealers with information contained in this Publication:<br />

1. To help assure skiers that <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

alpine bindings are properly selected,<br />

mounted, adjusted, and serviced.<br />

Authorized Alpine dealer Requirements<br />

While it is not necessary for an Authorized Location to have all of its<br />

personnel certified, sales people and managers are encouraged to remain<br />

aware of Amer Sports’ certification and record keeping requirements.<br />

• Authorized Dealers must have at least one Certified Technician working<br />

at each Authorized Location selling, servicing or renting <strong>Salomon</strong> alpine<br />

bindings.<br />

• The technician who signs the Authorized Location’s workshop or rental<br />

form for any transaction must be currently certified.<br />

• It is an Authorized Dealer’s responsibility to maintain sufficient records<br />

to identify its Certified Technicians.<br />

<strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Certification</strong> kit<br />

This manual forms part of a kit which is available each year to Authorized<br />

Dealers. Enclosed in the kit you will find the necessary materials to certify<br />

your shop technicians for mounting and adjusting <strong>Salomon</strong> Bindings for<br />

the <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> season. This packet should have the following items:<br />

• <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s <strong>Manual</strong> & Spare Parts<br />

• Skier Classification Chart<br />

• Visual Indicator Adjustment Chart<br />

• Toe Height Adjustment Card<br />

An optional <strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s CD-RM (instructional video, forms &<br />

manuals) is available. If you wish to order the <strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s CD-ROM,<br />

if this packet is missing any of the listed items, or if you need any more<br />

Kits, please contact Customer Service at 1 (800) 654-2668 (in the U.S.)<br />

or 1 (800) 361-3398 (in Canada).<br />

Electronic documentation<br />

An electronic version of the <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s <strong>Manual</strong> is<br />

available both on the media CD included with this <strong>Certification</strong> Kit<br />

as well as online at www.salomoncertification.com (in the U.S.) or<br />

www.salomonhookup.ca (in Canada). The media CD PDF version of the<br />

manual is identical to the printed copy included in this kit, with the added<br />

convenience of a fully hyperlinked table of contents and reference boxes<br />

for easy navigation. The online PDF version of the <strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s <strong>Manual</strong><br />

is continuously updated with the most current technical language and<br />

thus may have additions not appearing in the print version of the <strong>Shop</strong><br />

<strong>Practice</strong>s <strong>Manual</strong>. The printed version of the <strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s <strong>Manual</strong> is<br />

still completely valid and all procedures described within follow industry<br />

standards.<br />

2. To serve as a risk management tool<br />

for the Authorized Dealer.<br />

<strong>Certification</strong> fees<br />

Authorized Dealers will be invoiced an administrative registration fee for<br />

technician certifications.<br />

u.S. dealers<br />

• For the U.S., a $12 fee will be invoiced for each Registration and Exam<br />

submitted on line at www.salomoncertification.com<br />

• The U.S. fee is $20 for each Registration/ Exam submitted by mail or<br />

fax to <strong>Salomon</strong>.<br />

Fax: (801) 334-4502<br />

Technichian <strong>Certification</strong>/Customer Service<br />

Amer Sports Winter and Outdoor<br />

2030 Lincoln Ave.<br />

Ogden, UT 84401<br />

Canadian dealers<br />

IntroductIon > 2<br />

• For Canada, a $30.00 fee will be invoiced for each <strong>Certification</strong> Kit sent<br />

to the dealer. Technicians must Register and take the Exam on-line at<br />

www.salomonhookup.ca<br />

<strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s Cd Available for Order<br />

The training video comes on a cross-platform CD-ROM<br />

(Windows, Mac & Linux) along with a fully indexed PDF<br />

of the <strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s <strong>Manual</strong> and several forms for<br />

convenient access, duplication and printing.<br />

To view the videos you’ll need a computer with<br />

any web browser with the Quicktime plug-in<br />

installed (if it is not already installed, your browser<br />

will provide a link to easily obtain the free software).<br />

In addition, to view the <strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s document and open the other forms<br />

you’ll need a Pdf document reader such as the free Adobe Reader (available at<br />

http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html)<br />

Insert the CD into a computer, navigate to the top-level of the CD-ROM and double-click<br />

the “WElCOME-BIEnVEnuE.html” file – this should open the file in your<br />

internet web browser. Alternately, with the disk in the computer, you can launch a<br />

new internet browser window, choose “Open” from the “File” menu of the browser<br />

and navigating to location of the file on the CD-ROM.


BIndIng<br />

<strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> Technician <strong>Certification</strong> Process<br />

Only a technician sponsored by an Authorized Dealer may be certified. Authorized Dealers can log onto<br />

www.salomoncertification.com (in the U.S.) to receive a current list of their Certified Technicians.<br />

To complete the technician certification process:<br />

1. Read this manual and become familiar with required shop practices.<br />

A corresponding CD is available to assist in this process. For a copy<br />

of the CD, contact your <strong>Salomon</strong> sales or Customer Satisfaction<br />

Representative.<br />

2. Be familiar with earlier editions of <strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s <strong>Manual</strong>s and<br />

Technical Updates.<br />

3. Be familiar with <strong>Salomon</strong> bindings through hands-on experience.<br />

Technician <strong>Certification</strong> Validity Period and Transfer<br />

• Technician certification is valid for two years from the exam date<br />

(unless Amer Sports provides further notice).<br />

• Technician certification is not valid at a location that is not an<br />

Authorized Dealer.<br />

Instructions for Taking The On-line Exam<br />

1. log onto the certification website<br />

• In the U.S. log onto www.salomoncertification.com<br />

• In Canada log onto www.salomonhookup.ca<br />

2. Register your information<br />

• Once you have signed in, you will get a prompt asking you to confirm<br />

your login-ID. Write this information down in case you need to stop<br />

your test in the middle and return later.<br />

3. Take the on-line exam<br />

• Once the test begins, do not use your web browser to move “back”<br />

or “forward”. Doing this will result in a cancelled session and you<br />

will need to start at the beginning.<br />

• A score of 90%, or 23 correct answers, must be obtained to pass.<br />

• In addition, questions 12 to 25 are considered core questions and<br />

must be answered correctly.<br />

4. For the U.S., log on to www.salomoncertification.com. For Canada,<br />

log on to www.salomonhookup.ca. Complete the on-line <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong><br />

Certified Technician Registration and Exam and receive confirmation of<br />

your certification instantly.<br />

5. For the U.S. only, technicians of Authorized Dealers who complete a Ski<br />

Mechanics Workshop binding course will have completed Amer Sports<br />

certification requirements.<br />

Once you have become familiar with the procedures for mounting, adjusting, and testing <strong>Salomon</strong> bindings, take the exam on-line for instant results<br />

and obtain your certificate immediately. (If for some reason you are unable to take the test on line, please contact your <strong>Salomon</strong> sales representative.)<br />

Just follow these easy steps:<br />

finding Currently Certified Technicians for your <strong>Shop</strong><br />

finding currently certified technicians is a service only available the u.S.<br />

1. Simply log onto the site and click on the button “Search for certified<br />

technicians”.<br />

2. Enter your shop ship-to code or certificate number to search the certification<br />

database.<br />

IntroductIon > 3<br />

<strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> CERTIfICATIOn PROgRAM continued<br />

• Technician certification may be transferred from one Authorized<br />

Dealer to another by contacting the certification coordinator by mail<br />

or telephone<br />

(Ogden, UT for U.S. dealers and Markham for Canadian dealers).<br />

4. Once you pass the test<br />

• In the U.S. click on the button to create a printable certificate. (The<br />

certificate will be created in PDF format. If you do not have Adobe<br />

Reader on your computer, click on the icon, and you can download it<br />

free from the web.) OR Write down your certificate number and return<br />

later to retrieve your printable certificate. An invoice for $12 will be<br />

generated and sent to your shop. If you do not pass, your shop will<br />

not be invoiced. Only passing exams will receive certificate numbers<br />

and generate an invoice.<br />

• In Canada, click on the Download Certificate box to create a printable<br />

certificate. (The certificate will be created in PDF format. If you do<br />

not have Adobe Reader on your computer, click on the icon and you<br />

can download it free from the web.) OR click on e-mail Certificate to<br />

receive an e-mail version.<br />

3. You may retrieve printable certificates from the database for any certified<br />

tech.<br />

4. If you need to know who in your shop is certified, log on and search<br />

for certified technicians for your shop. An updated list will appear so<br />

you have constant access to the information.


BIndIng<br />

IndemnIfIcatIon > 4<br />

AlPInE BIndIng lIABIlITy IndEMnIfICATIOn<br />

Schedule of Indemnified Bindings<br />

Amer Sports alpine binding indemnification applies to the <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> Retail Binding Line, <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> Rental<br />

Binding Line, Non-current Retail Binding Line and Non-current Rental Binding Line models listed below.<br />

Indemnification does not apply to older non-indemnified binding models.<br />

non-Indemnified Bindings<br />

Older models of bindings no longer on the Schedule of Indemnified Bindings may still be serviced, however Liability Indemnification will not be offered<br />

by Amer Sports for these models of bind ings. Dealers wishing to service these models of bindings can reduce their liability risk by requiring an additional<br />

waiver and release agreement and attaching it to the Workshop Form. Such waivers should be reviewed by a dealer’s own legal counsel to ensure<br />

compliance with applicable laws.<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> bindings are not designed or tested for use with Mono Boards, therefore bindings mounted on Monoboards will not be indemnified.<br />

Retail Binding line<br />

<strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong><br />

X20<br />

X16<br />

X12<br />

Guardian 16<br />

STH16<br />

STH14 Driver<br />

STH12 Driver<br />

STH12<br />

STH10<br />

Z14 Speed<br />

Z12<br />

Z12 Ti<br />

Z12 Speed<br />

Z10<br />

Z10 Ti W<br />

L10<br />

L9 W<br />

L7<br />

C5<br />

Rental Binding line<br />

<strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong><br />

Z12 Smartrak<br />

Z10 Smartrak<br />

Z12 SC<br />

Z10 SC<br />

L10 SR<br />

L10 Easytrak<br />

L9 W Easytrak<br />

L7 SR<br />

L7 Easytrak<br />

C5 Easytrak<br />

C5 SR<br />

non Current<br />

C610 Cp<br />

C610<br />

C609 Ti<br />

C609 D+<br />

C609<br />

C608 FIS 17<br />

C608 Cp<br />

C608<br />

C607<br />

C509 Dr+<br />

C509<br />

C305 / C305 MINI<br />

Z920 Lab<br />

Z916 Lab<br />

Z914 Lab<br />

920 Equipe Race<br />

916 Equipe Comp.<br />

S914 Axe+<br />

S914 Lab<br />

S914 FIS 26.3/20/17<br />

S914 FIS<br />

S914 Pe 2<br />

non Current<br />

S912 Ti SC Pilot<br />

S912 Ti SC<br />

S810 Ti SC<br />

Cosmic S712 SC<br />

711 SC<br />

710 SC<br />

Cosmic S710 SR<br />

Cosmic S710 SC<br />

Cosmic S710<br />

Q700 SC<br />

S700 SR<br />

S700 SC Drive Plus<br />

S700 SC<br />

Q7 SC<br />

Q7 SR<br />

S914<br />

S914 FIS Pilot<br />

S914 Pilot<br />

914 F1S 20<br />

914 FIS<br />

914<br />

S912 Ti Pe 2<br />

S912 FIS<br />

S912 FIS 24<br />

S912 Ti<br />

S912 Ps<br />

S912 FIS Pilot<br />

S912 Ti Pilot<br />

S912<br />

S910 T FIS 26,3/24/20<br />

S910 T Ps<br />

S910 FIS 24<br />

S910 T<br />

S910<br />

S910 T Ps<br />

S910 T Axe+<br />

S812 Pa<br />

S811 PS<br />

C609 SC<br />

609 SC<br />

609 SR<br />

C608 SR<br />

C608 SC<br />

608 SC<br />

C607 SC<br />

C607 SR<br />

607 SR<br />

C509 SR<br />

C509 SC<br />

Q500 SC Drive Plus<br />

Q500 SC<br />

Q500 SR<br />

Quadrax 5 SR<br />

Q5 SR<br />

S810 Ti<br />

S810 Ti Axe+<br />

S810 Cp<br />

S810 Ps<br />

S810<br />

S810 Ti Pilot<br />

S810 Pilot<br />

S810 Ti SC Pilot<br />

S810 Ti Ps<br />

S711 Ps<br />

S711 Pa<br />

S711 Cp<br />

711<br />

S710 Cp<br />

S710 Ti<br />

S710<br />

S710 Pilot<br />

S710 SC Pilot<br />

S710 Ti Pilot<br />

S710 Ti Cp 2<br />

S710 Pa<br />

S710 DP<br />

S710 CP 2<br />

Q400 SR<br />

C305 SR<br />

305 SC<br />

305 SR<br />

S305 SC<br />

S305 Grom SC<br />

C305 Grom SR<br />

Q300 SC<br />

Q300 SR<br />

S300 SC<br />

Z12 Ti SC<br />

Z10 Ti SC<br />

Z10 Smartrak<br />

L10 SC<br />

L9 W SC<br />

LZ 8 SC<br />

710 Smartrak Grip<br />

710<br />

C610 CP 2<br />

610 CP<br />

610<br />

609 D+<br />

609<br />

S608 CP<br />

C608 CP 2<br />

608<br />

607<br />

C509 D+<br />

S305 GROM<br />

C305 GROM<br />

C305 MINI GROM<br />

305<br />

Z14<br />

STH14<br />

Z12 Ti Smartrak<br />

Control<br />

STH12<br />

STH12 Oversized<br />

Z11<br />

LZ 7 SR<br />

L7 SC<br />

Quadrax 6 SC<br />

TZ 5 SR<br />

TZ 5 SC<br />

TZ 5 SC Junior Track<br />

T5 SC<br />

T5 SR<br />

Quadrax 3 SC<br />

Quadrax 3 SR<br />

Q3 SC<br />

Q3 SR<br />

Z10 Smartrak Control<br />

Z10 Ti Axe +<br />

Z10 Ti<br />

Z10 FIS 20<br />

LZ 9<br />

L9<br />

LZ 8<br />

LZ 7<br />

L7 Easytrack<br />

TZ 5<br />

T5<br />

C5 Easytrack


BIndIng<br />

IndemnIfIcatIon > 5<br />

AlPInE BIndIng lIABIlITy IndEMnIfICATIOn continued<br />

Authorized dealers<br />

Amer Sports offers liability indemnification to Authorized Dealers. Amer Sports will, to the extent, and within<br />

the limits that insurance coverage is available, defend and indemnify an Authorized Alpine Binding Dealer<br />

against liabilities from claims presented by any customer of the Authorized Dealer arising solely from the<br />

use of <strong>Salomon</strong> alpine bindings, provided:<br />

A. The dealer purchased the alpine bindings from Amer Sports.<br />

B. The dealer has received written notice of a claim involving alpine bindings.<br />

C. The claim alleges use of the alpine bindings resulted in injury.<br />

D. All <strong>Salomon</strong> recommendations, procedures and policies in effect at the<br />

time of the incident were followed, including, but not limited to, those<br />

contained in the <strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s <strong>Manual</strong>, <strong>Salomon</strong> Technical Update (if<br />

applicable), Purchaser Policies and General Terms & Conditions.<br />

E. The Certified Technician is of legal age.<br />

F. The dealer uses workshop and/or rental forms the same as, or equivalent<br />

to, <strong>Salomon</strong> forms with currently approved Liability Release<br />

Language.<br />

G. The dealer maintains proper and complete records for all <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

bindings mounted and/or adjusted for a period of five years or the<br />

statute of limitations of the state or province, whichever is longer.<br />

legal Claims<br />

1. Use your best efforts to determine the exact nature and details of the<br />

claim.<br />

2. Avoid expressing opinions concerning the claim. You may, to the<br />

extent that you have complied with all recommended procedures,<br />

indicate to the claimant or the claimant’s representative that recommended<br />

procedures for service and adjustment of the equipment were<br />

followed.<br />

3. Notify your insurance company. Amer Sports indemnification is not a<br />

substitute for liability insurance.<br />

H. The dealer provides written documentation of the technician’s employment<br />

and training (e.g., method of training, proof of certification, etc.).<br />

I. A copy of the properly completed workshop form or rental form, including<br />

a signed release, is submitted.<br />

J. A properly completed Post Accident Ski Equipment Inspection Report,<br />

the same as or equivalent to the exemplary form displayed in this<br />

manual, is submitted.<br />

K. Any other helpful information such as a Ski Patrol Incident Report<br />

Form is submitted.<br />

L. The dealer notifies Amer Sports in writing within ten days of the date<br />

on which the dealer first receives written notice of the claim.<br />

M. The dealer cooperates fully in the investigation, litigation and/or settlement<br />

of the claim.<br />

Amer Sports may terminate indemnification, with respect to <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

alpine bindings, upon providing written notice to the dealer.<br />

In the event a <strong>Salomon</strong> equipment user or anyone acting upon the equipment user’s behalf contacts the<br />

Authorized Dealer regarding a potential claim:<br />

4. Gather all information and documents listed in the Liability<br />

Indemnification section for that specific product and send the documents<br />

with a brief description of the incident to:<br />

u.S.A.<br />

Alpine Legal Claims Department,<br />

Amer Sports Winter and Outdoor<br />

2030 Lincoln Ave.,<br />

Ogden, UT 84401.<br />

Canada<br />

Legal Claims Department<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Canada Sports<br />

2700 14th Ave Unit 1-4<br />

Markham, On L3R 0J1


BIndIng<br />

BIndIng QuICk REfEREnCE CHART<br />

RETAIl<br />

BACk-COunTRy<br />

Brakes<br />

56 mm - 99 mm (Ref. #)<br />

Jig Selecion<br />

(given ski width)<br />

70 mm - 116 mm (Ref. #)<br />

80 mm - 123 mm (Ref. #)<br />

DIN Scale<br />

Height (mm)<br />

Skier Weight<br />

(kg)<br />

(lb)<br />

Adj.<br />

Range<br />

(mm)<br />

US Size<br />

technIcal chart > 6<br />

Weight 1/2 pair (g)<br />

Wing Adj.<br />

Pedal<br />

(M) Micro Independant<br />

(S) Micro Simultaneous<br />

(A) Automatic<br />

(X) Extra long wings<br />

(H) High adjustment<br />

(V) Vertical Progressive Pivot<br />

(S) SCP pedal - Slider<br />

(E) Elastic pedal<br />

(X) XL Stomp pedal (65)<br />

(A) Adult / (J) Junior Norms<br />

Ski/Binding Interface<br />

(Ti) Ti Line<br />

(C) Intelligent Color Coding / (Jr)<br />

(H) High Lateral Transmission<br />

(B) Removable Brake<br />

325651 N Guardian 16 L C100 / C115 32670501 (ski widths 56-143 mm) 7-16 26 >60 >130 55 7 1480 A H X A H B<br />

325652 N Guardian 16 S<br />

fREESkI STH<br />

C100 / C115 32670501 (ski widths 56-143 mm) 7-16 26 >60 >130 55 7 1480 A H X A H B<br />

120029 N STH 16 Steel R100 001156 001157 9-16 17.5 >95 >209 19 2.5 1410 M X A H B<br />

126409 N STH16 White/Bk/Ora R115 / R130 001156 001157 9-16 17.5 > 95 > 209 19 2.5 1161 S X A H B<br />

309661 N STH14 driver Blue R100 / R115 001156 001157 6-14 17.5 58-130 127-286 19 2.5 1060 S X H X A H B<br />

126906 N STH12 Driver Wi/Bk/Ora R90 / R100 001156 001157 4-12 17.5 42-120 92-264 19 2.5 1060 S X H X A H B<br />

309662 N STH12 R100 / R115 001156 001157 4-12 17.5 42-120 92-264 19 2.5 1025 A V X A H B<br />

309667 N STH 10 Silver<br />

PERfORMAnCE<br />

B90 / B100 001156 001157 3-10 16.5 30-107 66-235 28 3.5 970 A V S A H B<br />

309668 N Z14 Speed Chrome/Bk S75 / S100 11139301 6-14 23 58-130 127-286 100 13 1494 A V X A H B<br />

309669 N Z12 Speed White/Bk S75 / S90 11139301 4-12 23 42-120 92-264 100 13 1440 A V X A H B<br />

127832 N Z12 White/Blue B80 / B90 001156 001157 4-12 16.5 42-120 94-264 28 3.5 1050 A V S A H B<br />

309673 N Z12 White/Black B90 / B100 001156 001157 4-12 16.5 42-120 94-264 28 3.5 1050 A V S A H B<br />

309672 N Z12 Ti Silver/Black<br />

SPORT<br />

B80 / B90 001156 001157 4-12 16.5 42-120 92-264 28 3.5 937 A V S A Ti H B<br />

309674 N Z10 Black/White B80 / B90 001156 001157 3-10 16.5 30-107 66-235 28 3.5 970 A V S A H B<br />

326670 N Z10 Ti W White<br />

lEISuRE<br />

B80 / B100 001156 001157 3-10 16.5 30-107 66-235 28 3.5 857 A V S A Ti H B<br />

126375 N L10 Black<br />

JunIOR<br />

B80 / B90 001156 001157 3-10 16.5 30-107 66-235 28 3.5 860 A E A B<br />

126406 N L7 Black/White B80 / B90 001156 001157 2-7,5 16.5 22-85 55-187 28 3.5 861 A E A&J B<br />

309676 N C5 White J75 / J85 78406101 0,5-4,5 14 10-45 max 22-100 44 6 561 A E A&J B<br />

309677 N C5 Red/White J75 78406101 0,5-4,5 14 10-45 max 22-100 44 6 561 A E A&J B<br />

SET BIndIngS<br />

PRE-MOunTIng<br />

309787 E L10 Black B80 30863001 3-10 30 30-107 66-235 104 13 930 A E A Easytrak B<br />

309788 E L9 W White B80 30863001 2,5-9 30 25-100 55-220 104 13 923 A E A Easytrak B<br />

309789 E L9 W Black B80 30863001 2,5-9 30 25-100 55-220 104 13 923 A E A Easytrak B<br />

126381 E L7 Black/White B80 / B90 30863001 2-7,5 30 22-85 max 55-187 107 13 950 A E A&J Easytrak C B<br />

127461 E C5 White<br />

SPEEd<br />

J75 30863001 0,5-4,5 28 10-45 max 22-100 107 13 610 A E A&J Easytrak C B<br />

309692 S Z14 Speed Black/Blue W BR 11139301 6-14 23 58-130 127-286 100 13 883 A V X A Speed H B<br />

309693 S Z12 Speed Silver/Black<br />

SMARTRAk<br />

W BR / S90 / S100 11139301 4-12 23 42-120 92-264 100 13 829 A V X A Speed H B<br />

309694 K Z12 Silver/Black B80 / B90 788403 4-12 31.5 42-120 92-264 120 15 1310 A V S A Smartrak H B<br />

309695 K Z12 White/Black B80 788403 4-12 31.5 42-120 92-264 120 15 1310 A V S A Smartrak H B<br />

309696 K Z10 Black/Orange B80 788403 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 120 15 1305 A V S A Smartrak H B<br />

309697 K Z10 Black/White B80 788403 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 120 15 1305 A V S A Smartrak H B<br />

327240 K Z10 Silver/Black B80 788403 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 120 15 1305 A V S A Smartrak H B<br />

127701 K Z10 Ti W White B80 788403 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 120 15 1100 A V S A Smartrak Ti H B<br />

327259 J Z10 Silver/Black<br />

lIgHTRAk<br />

B75 788403 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 120 15 1155 A V S A H B<br />

126378 J L10 Black B80 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 120 15 950 A E A Lightrak B<br />

325639 J L10 White/Green B80 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 120 15 950 A E A Lightrak B<br />

126379 J L10 Jr Black B80 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 80 10 950 A E A Lightrak Jr B<br />

REnTAl<br />

SMARTRAk<br />

309680 KR Z12 White/Black B80 / B90 4-12 31.5 42-120 92-264 120 15 1310 A V S A Synchro-Center C H B<br />

309681 KR Z10 Black/White<br />

AdulT<br />

B80 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 120 15 1305 A V S A Synchro-Center C H B<br />

309683 NR Z12 SC White/Black B90 / B115 001003 001040 4-12 31.5 42-120 92-264 122 15 1386 A V S A Synchro-Center C H B<br />

309685 NR Z10 SC Black/White B80 / B90 001003 001040 3-10 31.5 30-107 66-235 122 15 1370 A V S A Synchro-Center C H B<br />

126377 NR L10 SR Black B80 001003 001040 3-10 18 30-107 66-235 80 10 952 A E A Synchro-Rental B<br />

309687 NR L10 Easytrak Black B80 / B90 30863001 3-10 30 30-107 66-235 104 13 1145 A E A Jr B<br />

309688 NR L9 W Easytrak White<br />

JunIOR<br />

B80 30863001 2,5-9 30 25-100 55-220 104 13 1118 A E A Jr B<br />

126402 NR L7 SR Black/White B80 001003 001040 2-7,5 18 22-85 max 55-187 80 10 958 A E A&J Synchro-Rental B<br />

309689 NR L7 Easytrak Bk/White B80 30863001 2-7,5 30 22-85 55-187 104 13 1145 A E A&J Easytrak Jr B<br />

309690 NR C5 Easytrak White J75 / J85 30863001 0,5-4,5 28 10-45 max 22-100 104 13 800 A E A&J Easytrak Jr B<br />

309691 NR C5 SR White J75 001003 001040 0,5-4,5 14 10-45 max 22-100 56 7 580 A E A&J Synchro-Rental B


etaIl SyStemS > 7<br />

RETAIl<br />

BIndIng SySTEMS<br />

Proper procedures for a Certified Technician to follow while mounting and<br />

adjusting <strong>Salomon</strong> Retail bindings.<br />

PREPARATIOn<br />

Start out prepared with an efficient working area. Your bench should be the right height, with proper lighting, and with<br />

the necessary tools at hand. Familiarize yourself with all procedures before you start: being prepared is the best way<br />

to avoid errors and costly mistakes. It is important that all components match those listed on the workshop form.<br />

Refer to your workshop form and make sure the bindings are appropriate for the skier. If the bindings have been<br />

used, make sure they are in good condition and no parts are missing, broken, or showing signs of wear.<br />

Boot-to-Binding Compatibility<br />

Before drilling the ski, be sure the<br />

boot you are using is compatible with<br />

the binding. Only boots that conform<br />

with applicable standards may<br />

be used with <strong>Salomon</strong> bindings.<br />

(See Standard Boot Sole dimensions<br />

on page 49 for reference). If a boot<br />

sole is warped, worn or improp erly<br />

canted, such that there is more than<br />

a 1 mm difference in sole flatness<br />

measured across its width, the boot<br />

is incompatible.<br />

Other Compatibility Problems you<br />

May Encounter<br />

• Cut-outs in the boot sole that<br />

prevent the brake from engaging<br />

properly.<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

25 Clean vs. Lubricated Test<br />

49 Standard Boot Sole<br />

Dimensions<br />

STEP 1<br />

• Excessive ramping or wear of the<br />

boot sole at the point where it<br />

contacts the binding. Any wear that<br />

inhibits binding function is excessive.<br />

• Tread, grid pattern or insignia<br />

present in the AFD area of the boot<br />

sole. This area must be flat over its<br />

entire surface.<br />

• Non-compatible boot sole composition.<br />

Low-grade thermoplastic<br />

(T.P.) boots may not be used with<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> bindings. If you are uncertain<br />

as to the quality of the boot<br />

sole material, perform the Clean<br />

vs. lubricated Test as described<br />

on page 25.<br />

Only adult norm boots may be used<br />

with adult bindings. Under no circumstances<br />

should a junior norm<br />

boot ever be used with an adult<br />

binding. <strong>Salomon</strong> bindings that can<br />

be used with both junior and adult<br />

norm boot soles are: L 7, T 5, TZ5,<br />

S305, C305, Q300, S300, their mini<br />

equivalents, earlier model indemnified<br />

equivalents, and their various<br />

counter parts. (The added width of<br />

an adult norm boot sole somewhat<br />

limits the shock absorption capability<br />

of these models and they should<br />

not be used with a boot sole longer<br />

than 304 mm. As a result, it is recommended<br />

that an aggressive junior<br />

skier with an adult norm boot sole<br />

use a model designed exclusively for<br />

adult norm boots.)<br />

A <strong>Salomon</strong> toe or heel may not be<br />

mounted with another manufacturer’s<br />

toe or heel. Indemnification and warranty<br />

are automatically voided for<br />

such mixed systems.<br />

For Rental specific preparation instructions,<br />

please refer to page 28.<br />

Junior Boot To Binding Compatibility Chart<br />

Junior<br />

Boot Junior<br />

Boot Models norms Bindings Only<br />

Falcon 100 Adult<br />

Course 90 Adult<br />

Course 80 Adult<br />

Course 70 Adult<br />

Falcon 60 Junior X<br />

Performa T3 Adult<br />

Performa T2 Junior X<br />

15 Mini Junior X<br />

Performa T3 Rental Adult<br />

Performa T2 Rental Junior X<br />

IMPORTAnT:<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> bindings that can<br />

be used with both junior and<br />

adult norm boot soles are:<br />

l7, T5, TZ5, C5, S305, C305,<br />

earlier model indemnified<br />

equivalents, and their<br />

various counter parts.<br />

Photo: Scott Markewitz


BIndIng<br />

InSTAllATIOn<br />

Jig Selection & use<br />

retaIl SyStemS > PreParatIon > 8<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> bindings are installed 3 ways. “À la carte” bindings are installed by drilling holes into the surface of the ski with the aid<br />

of a <strong>Salomon</strong> jig. Pilot Systems require no jigs and are simply secured to pre-drilled holes on a premounted <strong>Salomon</strong> interface.<br />

Smartrak Systems can require a combination of these two techniques. Please refer to the specific instructions in this <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

lEgEnd<br />

A Handle with Self-Centering Clamps<br />

S Toe Guide<br />

D Tip-of-Boot Sole Indicator<br />

F Locking Lever<br />

G Mid-Sole Indicator<br />

H Boot Size Indicator<br />

J Drill Bit Bushing<br />

K Self-Centering Guide for Heel of Boot<br />

Ref. # Jig Jig range Application<br />

RETAIl JIgS<br />

001156 Adult Retail 56mm - 99mm Adult drill Bit length 9.5 mm: STH 16, STH 12 Driver, STH 12, Z14, Z12, Z11, Z10, L10, L9<br />

001157 Wide Adult Retail 80mm - 123mm<br />

Junior drill Bit length 8.0 mm: L7<br />

78406101 Junior Retail 56mm - 99 mm Junior drill Bit length 8.0 mm: T5, C5<br />

788403 Smartrak 70mm - 116mm Adult drill Bit length 9.5 mm: Smartrak binding systems only<br />

11139301 Z Speed 70mm - 116mm Adult drill Bit length 9.5 mm: All Z-Speed models<br />

11847301 X Bindings 60mm - 86 mm Adult drill Bit length 9.5 mm: X 20, X 18, X 16, X 12<br />

32670501 Backcountry<br />

REnTAl JIgS<br />

56mm - 143mm Adult drill Bit length 9.5 mm: Guardian<br />

001003<br />

001040<br />

Synchro Center & Synchro<br />

Rental/ Senior Junior<br />

Wide Synchro Center &<br />

Synchro Rental/ Senior Junior<br />

56mm - 99mm<br />

80mm - 123mm<br />

Adult drill Bit length 9.5 mm: Z12 SC, Z10 SC, L10 SC, L10 SR, L9 SC, L9 SR, L7 SC<br />

drill Bit length 8.0 mm: L7 SR<br />

Junior drill Bit length 8.0 mm: T5 SC, T5 SR, C5 SR<br />

24729001 TZ 5 Juniortrak Rental 56mm - 99mm Junior drill Bit length 8.0 mm: TZ5 Juniortrak<br />

30863001 Easytrak 70mm - 116mm Adult drill Bit length 9.5 mm: Easytrak<br />

* Contact your customer service representative for additional jigs.<br />

Jig use (10 Steps)<br />

A jig ensures that all holes for binding mounting are drilled in the correct location. The bushings guide the drill bit so<br />

that it remains perpendicular to the ski.<br />

A S Correct Incorrect<br />

1. Select the proper jig for the<br />

binding model to be mounted<br />

by referencing the Jig<br />

Reference Guide.<br />

2. Check the skis’ serial number<br />

to ensure you are mounting a<br />

matched pair. Place the skis on<br />

the workbench with the ski tips<br />

pointed to your left.<br />

3. Open the jig by twisting both<br />

handles inward. Place the jig on<br />

the ski.<br />

4. Open the locking lever.<br />

5. Extend the jig to accept the<br />

boot.<br />

6. Place the toe of the boot sole<br />

against the toe guide. Twist the<br />

STEP 2<br />

A<br />

S D<br />

rear handle to open the rear<br />

clamps and slide the heel guide<br />

snugly against the boot heel.<br />

fig. A<br />

7. Close the locking lever.<br />

(Compare the mid-sole mark<br />

on the boot with the mid-sole<br />

indicator on the jig. If the midsole<br />

mark on the boot and the<br />

mid-sole indicator on the jig<br />

do not agree, use the mid-sole<br />

mark on the boot. This requires<br />

leaving the boot in the jig to<br />

position it on the ski.)<br />

8. Position the jig on the ski.<br />

fig. S<br />

F<br />

G<br />

H J K<br />

a. If the ski has a mid-sole mark,<br />

align the mid-sole mark on the<br />

boot with the mid-sole mark on<br />

the ski.<br />

b. If the ski has a tip-of-boot<br />

mark, align the tip-of-boot sole<br />

indicator on the jig with the tipof-boot<br />

mark on the ski.<br />

c. If the ski has no visible markings<br />

for jig location, consult<br />

the ski manu facturer for proper<br />

mounting position.<br />

9. Once the jig is in position,<br />

release the handles simultaneously<br />

and the jig will center<br />

itself on the ski.<br />

10. Re-check your work. The<br />

ski is now ready to be drilled.<br />

(Customers may request that<br />

specific mounting instructions be<br />

followed. This is particularly true<br />

for skiers who want to initiate<br />

turns more easily. Make a note<br />

on the Workshop Form of any of<br />

these special instructions.)<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

10 4-Hole Toe / Spheric<br />

Oversize<br />

10 3-Hole Toe / Spheric Sport<br />

& Quadrax<br />

29 SC Rental System<br />

29 SR Rental System


BIndIng<br />

InSTAllATIOn > Drilling, Tapping and Glue<br />

drilling, Tapping & glue<br />

drilling<br />

A<br />

Tapping<br />

A<br />

glue<br />

Mounting<br />

Correct Incorrect<br />

For drilling and tapping <strong>Salomon</strong> skis,<br />

please refer to drill Bit Selection for<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Skis (page 45). For other<br />

skis, follow the recommendations of<br />

the ski manufacturer. In their absence,<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> suggests that you use the<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> drill Bit Selection guide<br />

(below). When in doubt about the ski’s<br />

core composition, select a 3.6 mm<br />

diameter bit and drill one hole. If the<br />

bit comes in contact with any metal,<br />

re-drill with a 4.1 mm bit to ensure<br />

proper screw retention. Exceptions:<br />

for Equipe T, XW Fury Junior, Jade<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> drill Bit Selection guide<br />

Skis diameter length Ref. Aspect<br />

Junior<br />

(Ski group<br />

3 & 4)<br />

Adult<br />

(Ski group<br />

1 & 2)<br />

4.1 mm<br />

(ski with metal)<br />

3.6 mm<br />

(ski with no metal)<br />

4.1 mm<br />

(ski with metal)<br />

3.6 mm<br />

(ski with no metal)<br />

diameter<br />

8 mm<br />

8 mm<br />

9.5 mm<br />

9.5 mm<br />

length<br />

000813<br />

1 x 5<br />

000814<br />

1 x 5<br />

000893<br />

1 x 5<br />

000892<br />

1 x 5<br />

glue must be used when inserting binding screws to:<br />

• Lubricate the screw during insertion.<br />

• Create a watertight seal.<br />

• Ensure that the screws will hold<br />

while the ski is in use by acting as a<br />

dampener.<br />

retaIl SyStemS > InStallatIon > 9<br />

Junior, 2V Race Jr, 3V Race Jr,<br />

24 Hours Jr, Enduro Jr, Candy Jr and<br />

Rocket+ Jr skis, drill using either a<br />

3,6 mm diameter drill bit (for skis<br />

under 140 cm) or a 4,1 mm diameter<br />

drill bit for skis greater than or equal<br />

to 140 cm. Neither tap nor glue. Use a<br />

hand screwdriver only (3 N·m torque)<br />

to tighten the screws on the bindings.<br />

Drill through the jig’s proper bushings<br />

applying moderate downward<br />

pressure on the drill. Verify that the<br />

counter sink bevel on the drill bit has<br />

properly de-burred the hole. fig. A<br />

Tap all binding mounting holes<br />

unless otherwise recommended<br />

by the ski manufacturer. Failing<br />

to tap when necessary can result<br />

in topskin delamination, sidewall<br />

delamination, broken screws or<br />

damage to the ski core.<br />

The tap should be mounted into<br />

a brace. Position the brace so the<br />

A Posidrive No. 3 screwdriver, not a Phillips, is used to mount <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

bindings. Consult the <strong>Salomon</strong> Spare Parts Catalog (page 63) for reference<br />

on <strong>Salomon</strong> screws. They are available through your customer<br />

service representative.<br />

STEP 2<br />

Place a drop of glue on the surface<br />

of each hole. As the screw passes<br />

through the glue it coats itself.<br />

Caution: <strong>Salomon</strong> strongly recommends<br />

its own glue for <strong>Salomon</strong> skis.<br />

S<br />

After drilling, turn the ski over and hit<br />

the base several times with the palm of<br />

your hand to remove any debris from<br />

the drilled holes.<br />

When mounting thin skis or junior skis<br />

with adult bindings you may need to<br />

use shorter screws or add washers to<br />

the existing screws between the binding<br />

and the ski to prevent damaging<br />

the ski base. Before drilling any junior<br />

ski, check the screw depth by positioning<br />

the binding over the mounting area<br />

so that the binding screws on one side<br />

of the heel track appear alongside the<br />

ski sidewall. fig. S<br />

tap goes straight into the drilled<br />

hole. fig. A Apply only enough<br />

pressure to the brace to start the<br />

tap, as the tap is a self-cutting<br />

tool.<br />

A ski mounting plate is usually<br />

no more than 8 mm below the<br />

topskin. Tapping any deeper than<br />

8 mm can strip the hole or break<br />

Special Cases When drilling<br />

Junior Skis<br />

• Use a 9.5 mm length drill bit<br />

when mounting Z10 Ti, Z10 Ti SC,<br />

Z10 SC, Z10, Z10 Fis 20, 710,<br />

710 SC, 610, 609, 609 SR, 609 SC,<br />

608, 608 SC, L 7 SC, L 8, L 8 SC<br />

bindings. These models use the<br />

same screws as the <strong>Salomon</strong> adult<br />

models and should be drilled and<br />

tapped accordingly.<br />

• Use an 8 mm length drill bit to<br />

mount the junior bindings L7,<br />

L7 SR, T5, T5 SC, T5 SR, C5,<br />

C5 SR, Easytrak L7 & C5.<br />

• Whenever junior bindings are<br />

mounted on adult skis, an increased<br />

possibility exists of binding pull-out<br />

due to poor screw reten tion. The<br />

penetration depth of junior screws<br />

into the ski core is only 6 mm. If<br />

neces sary, use adult drill bits and<br />

screws to penetrate any mounting<br />

platform.<br />

• The hole must be deep enough to<br />

accommodate the screw length you<br />

are using or ski damage may result.<br />

* EXCEPTIOn: S305’s and C305’s cannot<br />

be mounted on the Crossmax 10<br />

Team or XScream 10 Team models<br />

manufactured from 2001 to 2003<br />

inclusively. Both bindings may be<br />

mounted on the 2004-2005 models<br />

of the Crossmax 10T and Crossmax<br />

T, 2006/2007 models of the X Wing T,<br />

and 2007/2008 X Wing Fury Junior<br />

and Jade Junior.<br />

the tap. Each full turn of the brace<br />

cuts the tap approximately 2 mm<br />

into the ski. After tapping, turn the<br />

ski over and hit the base several<br />

times with the palm of your hand<br />

to remove shavings from the hole.<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

8 Jig Selection & Use<br />

10 Retail Mounting<br />

28 Rental & Demo Mounting<br />

PARTS (see page 63)<br />

Reference # Item Name<br />

000821 Blue Plastic Plugs<br />

000818 Black Plastic Plugs<br />

000819 White Plastic Plugs<br />

000822 Grey Plastic Plugs<br />

000820 Red Plastic Plugs<br />

000823 Orange Plastic Plugs<br />

000870 Green Plastic Plugs<br />

000816 Taps<br />

000817 Tap Brace<br />

000811 Glue<br />

000862 Posidrive Screwdriver<br />

B18486 (CAN) Posidrive Bit


BIndIng<br />

InSTAllATIOn > General Retail Installation<br />

general Retail Mounting<br />

A<br />

Toe Piece<br />

S D F<br />

4-HOlE TOE InSTAllATIOn<br />

driver toe<br />

A long bit is needed (Posidrive<br />

Bit, CAN. only Ref. #B18486, for<br />

power drills and <strong>Salomon</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />

Screwdriver Ref. #000862) to<br />

mount the 4-hole pattern toes as<br />

the front two screws must be inserted<br />

through the binding housing.<br />

fig. S<br />

Heel Piece Ski Brake<br />

HEEl PIECE InSTAllATIOn<br />

G H<br />

lEgEnd<br />

Heel Track<br />

Heel Housing<br />

Heel Lever<br />

Heel Cup<br />

Treadle<br />

Brake Pedal<br />

Pressure<br />

Distributors<br />

* Use <strong>Salomon</strong> grease (Ref. #000905) on track.<br />

STEP 2<br />

Spheric Pedal/<br />

AFD<br />

Toe Cup<br />

retaIl SyStemS > InStallatIon > 10<br />

All <strong>Salomon</strong> bindings feature<br />

the E-Z Mount System with the<br />

screws already in place. Position<br />

the component over the prepared<br />

holes to begin installation<br />

(fig. A). If a power screwdriver<br />

is used, adjust the clutch for the<br />

appropriate ski core construc-<br />

Use a crisscross screwing pattern<br />

and insert each screw until nearly<br />

seated. fig. D Do not tighten<br />

until all the screws are in place.<br />

The baseplate of the AFD should<br />

be flush with the topskin of the ski<br />

and each screw should be flush<br />

with the baseplate of the toe piece.<br />

This procedure applies for all toe<br />

pieces with a four-hole pattern.<br />

Z12 Ti<br />

S912 Ti<br />

Toe Height<br />

Adjustment Screw<br />

Visual Indicator<br />

Housing<br />

tion. Hand check each screw after<br />

mounting.<br />

Toe Installation differs for 4-hole toe and 3-hole toe bindings. The former requires a criss-cross screwing pattern while the latter starts with a center<br />

mounting hole sliding track beneath the front of the toe.<br />

Place the heel over the prepared<br />

holes and insert the screws using<br />

a crisscross screwing pattern. (Do<br />

not compress the ski brake before<br />

it is mounted on the ski.) fig. G<br />

do not over tighten.<br />

3-HOlE TOE InSTAllATIOn<br />

Z-, l- and C-concept bindings<br />

For models with a 3-hole pattern,<br />

first pull the center mounting hole<br />

sliding track out from the binding far<br />

enough to insert the screw into the<br />

ski. A long bit is needed (Posidrive<br />

Bit, CAN. only Ref. #B18486, for<br />

power drills and <strong>Salomon</strong> <strong>Manual</strong><br />

Screwdriver Ref. #000862) fig. F<br />

Adjustment<br />

Screw<br />

Baseplate<br />

Brake Arm<br />

Sliding Center<br />

Mounting Hole<br />

Lubrication<br />

Point*<br />

Tighten the screw until it is firmly<br />

seated. Next, slide the toe piece towards<br />

the seated center screw until<br />

the two rear screws align with their<br />

respective holes.<br />

Tighten the rear screws until they<br />

are firmly seated. The base plate<br />

should be flush with the topskin of<br />

the ski and the head of each screw<br />

should be flush with the baseplate.<br />

SkI BRAkE InSTAllATIOn<br />

Do not compress the ski brake<br />

before installing it. Place the two<br />

metal tabs on the front of the<br />

brake into the slots in the heel<br />

base plate fig. H. Rotate the rear<br />

of the brake downwards to start<br />

the screw in the track. Tighten<br />

screws with a hand screwdriver<br />

(4 N·m maximum).<br />

note: The brake can be removed to<br />

facilitate ski maintenance.<br />

To remove it: turn the center screw<br />

counterclockwise and remove<br />

the brake.<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

9 Drilling, Tapping & Glue<br />

19 Binding-to-Boot<br />

Adjustments<br />

29 SC Rental System<br />

29 SR Rental System<br />

38 Maintenance and Repairs<br />

PARTS (see page 63)<br />

Reference # Item Name<br />

000905 <strong>Salomon</strong> Grease<br />

000862 Posidrive Screwdriver<br />

B18486 (CAN) Posidrive Bit


BIndIng<br />

InSTAllATIOn > Model-specific Installation<br />

Smartrak System<br />

Smartrak Interface Mounting<br />

retaIl SyStemS > InStallatIon > 11<br />

A S D F<br />

Smartrak System Installation<br />

There are two different mounting procedures for the Smartrack interface, based on the system type.<br />

Smartrack grip & grip Plus (fixed<br />

toe systems):<br />

Insert metal band into the recessed<br />

slots in the plate. fig. A<br />

determine sole length in mm of<br />

boot.<br />

Identify the letter on the metal<br />

band that corresponds to the boot<br />

sole length. If the boot sole length<br />

is between two numbers, choose<br />

the higher number.e.g.: For a boot<br />

sole of 320mm, choose setting<br />

“334mm D”.<br />

Screw the center mounting sliding<br />

track into the correspondingly<br />

lettered hole at the front of the<br />

Smartrak plate. fig. S<br />

finish mounting the three hole toe<br />

as usual.<br />

The Smartrak interface is available<br />

for use with flat skis.<br />

Position the Smartrak metal jig<br />

(ref# 788403) so center mark on<br />

Wide Ski Installation<br />

A<br />

Wide Ski Jigs are available from<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> to mount bindings on<br />

wide skis. Select the proper jig for<br />

the binding to be mounted by referencing<br />

the Jig Selection Chart.<br />

STEP 2<br />

Install the heel unit by lifting the<br />

tab located just in front of the heel<br />

piece and sliding the heel assembly<br />

onto the Smartrak plate. fig. F<br />

Attach the brake in the usual<br />

manner.<br />

Position the boot against the toe<br />

piece and slide the heel forward until<br />

it contacts the boot. Make sure<br />

the heel piece “clicks” and locks<br />

into position on the track.<br />

Push the boot into the system and<br />

verify the forward pressure.Once<br />

the forward pressure is correct, the<br />

number on the metal band directly<br />

in front of the heel provides a guide<br />

to the quick positioning of the second<br />

heel.<br />

jig aligns with center mark of ski.<br />

When installing a Smartrak plate<br />

make sure the recessed slots at the<br />

front of the interface are positioned<br />

towards the tip of ski<br />

Reversible pads adapt fat ski jigs to<br />

different widths of skis. The pads<br />

are changed by pulling them off<br />

the jig and repositioning them to<br />

achieve the desired width. fig. A<br />

The pads are properly positioned<br />

when they touch the jig shoulder.<br />

Smartrak Control, Response, and<br />

Prolink (adjustable toe systems):<br />

Insert the metal band into the<br />

recessed slots in center of plate.<br />

fig. A<br />

determine the sole length of boot<br />

to being used.<br />

lift the tab behind the AFD on the<br />

toe piece and slide the toe piece<br />

from the rear of track to the front<br />

until the boot sole length number<br />

on the metal band corresponds<br />

to, or is slightly greater than, the<br />

sole length of the boot being used.<br />

For example: a boot sole length<br />

of 306mm would require that you<br />

chose a setting on the band of<br />

308mm. Make sure the toe piece<br />

“clicks” and locks into position on<br />

the track. fig. D<br />

Proceed with drilling, taping, and<br />

gluing as described on page 9.<br />

Refer to the Wide Ski Brakes chart<br />

(right). The proper width fat ski<br />

brake must be installed for each<br />

specific system or indemnification<br />

for that system will not apply.<br />

Install the heel piece by lifting the<br />

tab located just in front of the heel<br />

piece and sliding the heel assembly<br />

onto the Smartrak plate until<br />

the boot sole length number on the<br />

metal band corresponds to, or is<br />

slightly greater than, the sole length<br />

of the boot being used. For example:<br />

a boot sole length of 306mm<br />

would require that you chose a setting<br />

on band of 308mm. Make sure<br />

the heel piece “clicks” and locks<br />

into position on the track. fig. F<br />

Install the break in the normal<br />

manner and proceed with binding<br />

to boot adjustments as described<br />

on page 19 or page 30.<br />

Assemble Smartrak binding following<br />

instruction as explained above<br />

in Smartrak System Installation.<br />

Wide Ski Brakes<br />

1999 to<br />

Current Bindings<br />

(except LAB &<br />

STH)*<br />

Ski<br />

Width<br />

(mm)<br />

Performance<br />

Ref. #<br />

Leasure<br />

(Quadrax)<br />

Ref. #<br />

2007 to<br />

Current<br />

(LAB &<br />

STH)*<br />

Freeskiing<br />

Ref. #<br />

80 78574801 78574801 78575501<br />

85<br />

78145901<br />

78574901<br />

90 78575001 78575701<br />

100 78575101 78575801<br />

115 78575201 78575901<br />

130 78830601 78855701<br />

*See Spare Parts (page 63) for full details.


BIndIng<br />

retaIl SyStemS > InStallatIon > 12<br />

InSTAllATIOn > Model-specific Installation (continued)<br />

lightrak Plate<br />

A S<br />

D F<br />

Mounting and Adjusting<br />

Open and set the blade in straight<br />

position and place it on the plate<br />

with a rotational motion. fig. A.<br />

Identify the length of the boot sole.<br />

Mount the toe piece:<br />

Identify the letter that corresponds<br />

the sole length and screw the toe<br />

piece (if you are between two letters,<br />

choose the higher one).<br />

Mount the heel piece:<br />

Slide the heel piece on the interface<br />

from the rear using the manual lock<br />

to authorize the gliding. fig. S.<br />

Mount the brake following the<br />

usual procedure. fig. D.<br />

Position the boot in the toe and<br />

slide the heel until it touches the<br />

boot.<br />

Step in the boot and check forward<br />

pressure, the arrow on the lock<br />

must be within the scribed area.<br />

fig. F.<br />

note: the rear number on the blade<br />

is an indication for a quick adjustment<br />

of the second ski.<br />

Jig use With Extra large Boot Soles<br />

Occasionally a boot sole is too<br />

large to fit a jig. In this instance,<br />

the following procedure should<br />

be used to allow correct mounting<br />

of the binding:<br />

1. Open the jig to its fully extended<br />

position.<br />

2. Place the boot heel into the jig<br />

against the heel guide.<br />

3. Measure the length of the sole<br />

that extends over the toe arrow<br />

(viewed from the underside) of<br />

the jig.<br />

4. Divide this length in half (measurement<br />

A).<br />

5. Place the fully extended jig onto<br />

the ski with the boot mid-sole<br />

mark aligned with the mid-sole<br />

mark on the ski.<br />

6. Move the jig forward of the<br />

mid-sole the same distance as<br />

measurement A and drill the toe<br />

holes.<br />

Competition Bindings > Intended use<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> distributes competition<br />

bindings to racers and coaches.<br />

These bindings are intended to be<br />

used by skiers with special reten-<br />

STEP 2<br />

tion needs. If these bindings are<br />

used by recreational skiers, there<br />

is a far greater risk of injury due to<br />

the use of more powerful springs.<br />

7. Re-align the jig’s mid-sole mark<br />

to the ski’s mid-sole mark.<br />

Move the jig backwards from<br />

the mid-sole mark the same<br />

distance as measurement A and<br />

drill the heel holes.<br />

8. Install the bindings. (Verify that<br />

screw penetration will not exceed<br />

hole depth.)<br />

Refer to Requested Settings for<br />

instructions for skiers requesting<br />

settings not recommended by<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong>.


BIndIng<br />

Warning<br />

These alpine bindings are intended<br />

to be used only with the following<br />

ski boots:<br />

• Alpine Ski Boots compliant with<br />

ISO standard 5355<br />

• Ski Boots with WTR certified<br />

soles.<br />

Mounting the guardian Binding<br />

retaIl SyStemS > InStallatIon > 13<br />

InSTAllATIOn > Model-specific Installation (continued)<br />

WTR Technology Bindings<br />

To be mounted by a salomon authorized dealer only.<br />

A<br />

G<br />

L<br />

Check the boot sole length (fig. ).<br />

Attach the Backcountry Mounting<br />

Jig (Ref. # 32670501) using the<br />

boot sole length as indicated in the<br />

central window on the jig to align it<br />

to the center of the ski (fig. ).<br />

determine the set of holes to use<br />

on the jig corresponding to the<br />

binding model (either Small or<br />

Large) (fig. ).<br />

drill the holes using a consistent<br />

drilling pattern with a drill bit appropriate<br />

for the ski (fig. ).<br />

STEP 2<br />

Any use with other boots could<br />

affect release characteristics, which<br />

may increase the risk of injury while<br />

skiing.<br />

Any use of boots other than those<br />

compliant with ISO 5355 or those<br />

with WTR certification is not<br />

S<br />

H<br />

:<br />

follow tapping and glueing procedures<br />

according to the ski<br />

manufacturer’s recommendations<br />

(fig. ).<br />

Mount the toe base plate and the<br />

step-in heel base plate by tightening<br />

the screws in a criss-cross pattern<br />

using 4 N·m of torque (fig.<br />

Remove the plastic piece which<br />

holds the pivot screw and re-<br />

).<br />

move the screw from the toe piece<br />

(fig. - ).<br />

Align the toe piece with the pivot<br />

point on the toe base plate (fig. ).<br />

recommended, and any results from<br />

a mechanical inspection may not be<br />

reliable.<br />

Skiers are advised to consult their<br />

authorized <strong>Salomon</strong> dealer for further<br />

information regarding which boot<br />

D<br />

J<br />

11<br />

Insert the pivot screw and tighten<br />

it with a Posidrive screwdriver using<br />

between 2 and 4 N·m of torque<br />

(fig. ).<br />

Press down on the heel to engage<br />

the lock on the Hike-and-Ride<br />

switch. When properly engaged,<br />

the text across the surface of the<br />

Hike-and-Ride switch should be<br />

aligned (fig. ).<br />

Place the boot in the open binding<br />

and either tighten or loosen the<br />

forward pressure adjustment screw<br />

using a Posidrive screwdriver until<br />

and binding system is appropriate for<br />

their needs.<br />

Skiers who choose to use boots<br />

other than those compliant with<br />

ISO 5355 or those with WTR<br />

certification should be informed<br />

of the potential risk.<br />

F<br />

K<br />

12<br />

the binding heel cup contacts the<br />

heel of the boot (fig. ).<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

8 Jig Selection & Use<br />

9 Drilling, Tapping & Glue<br />

21 Release Value Selection &<br />

Adjustment<br />

21 Requested Settings<br />

PARTS (see page 63)<br />

Reference # Item Name<br />

000902 <strong>Salomon</strong> Adjustment Tool<br />

32670501 Backcountry Jig


BIndIng<br />

retaIl SyStemS > InStallatIon > 14<br />

InSTAllATIOn > Model-specific Installation (continued)<br />

WTR Technology Bindings (continued)<br />

Adjusting forward Pressure and Toe Height<br />

A<br />

Step in the boot (fig. ) and adjust<br />

the heel piece’s position with a<br />

Posidrive screwdriver until the forward<br />

pressure is correct (fig. ).<br />

Forward pressure is correct when<br />

the forward pressure adjustment<br />

Ski Brake Replacement<br />

A<br />

G<br />

Refer to the Spare Parts Catalogue<br />

to know which brake corresponds<br />

to the ski width and binding model<br />

being used.<br />

Remove the boot if it is in the binding<br />

(fig. ).<br />

7<br />

11<br />

Insert the two plastic tabs on the<br />

new ski brake into the slots provided<br />

at the front of the heel housing<br />

(fig. ) and assemble the two<br />

pieces together (fig. ).<br />

STEP 2<br />

S<br />

screw head is flush with the back of<br />

the heel housing yet still within the<br />

Adjustment Area indicated on the<br />

heel track (fig. ).<br />

Adjust the toe height by turning the<br />

toe height adjustment screw while<br />

S<br />

H<br />

Turn the forward pressure adjustment<br />

screw at the back of the heel<br />

housing clockwise (fig. ) until the<br />

screw head is past the Adjustment<br />

Area and the heel piece can slide<br />

forward freely (fig. ).<br />

8<br />

12<br />

Slide the complete heel piece onto<br />

the heel track from the front backwards<br />

(fig. ).<br />

Re-engage the Hike-and-Ride<br />

switch (fig. ).<br />

D<br />

using a toe height card to obtain a<br />

0,5 mm gap between the boot sole<br />

and the binding (fig. ).<br />

D<br />

Release the Hike-and-Ride switch<br />

(fig. ) to allow the heel piece to<br />

slide forward completely off the<br />

track (fig. ).<br />

Pivot the ski brake to separate it<br />

from the heel piece (fig. ).<br />

9<br />

Turn the forward pressure ajustment<br />

screw counter-clockwise<br />

while pushing back on the heel<br />

piece until the screw head is back<br />

F<br />

F<br />

10<br />

within the Adjustment Area indicated<br />

on the heel track (fig. ).<br />

Re-adjust the forward pressure<br />

and toe height (fig. ).


BIndIng<br />

retaIl SyStemS > InStallatIon > 15<br />

InSTAllATIOn > Model-specific Installation (continued)<br />

WTR Technology Bindings (continued)<br />

Hiking Mode > Skier Instruction & Warning<br />

A<br />

D<br />

Switch from Skiing Position<br />

To Hiking Position<br />

use your ski pole to push back<br />

on the step-in realse mechanism<br />

(fig. ).<br />

Pivot the ski boot and heel piece<br />

forward (fig. ).<br />

flip forward the hiking aid using<br />

your ski pole handle (fig. ) to one<br />

Switch from Hiking Position<br />

To Skiing Position<br />

Clear any snow, ice or dirt from<br />

the binding. dO nOT put your hand<br />

between the ski and the binding<br />

(fig. ) when switching to skiing<br />

position. Use the ski pole handle<br />

instead (fig. ).<br />

STEP 2<br />

S<br />

F<br />

F<br />

5 6<br />

7<br />

9 10<br />

of the two available positions:<br />

High (fig. a) or low (fig. b).<br />

8<br />

a<br />

b<br />

flip back the climbing aid (fig.<br />

Step down on the the binding<br />

heel piece to lock it back in place<br />

).<br />

(fig. ).<br />

Check that the binding is correctly<br />

locked in before skiing (fig. - ).


BIndIng<br />

InSTAllATIOn > Model-specific Installation<br />

X 12 and X 16<br />

drilling<br />

To be mounted by a <strong>Salomon</strong> authorized dealer only.<br />

Holes have to be drilled with the<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> X-Series mounting jig<br />

(Ref. #11847301) to ensure a proper<br />

alignment of the binding.<br />

Check the boot sole length you<br />

would like to mount the binding<br />

for and drill the “S” ; “M” holes<br />

which are marked on the jig following<br />

the instructions in the X 12 and<br />

X 16 Mounting Position Chart to<br />

the right.<br />

Drill your chosen setup and remove<br />

the mounting jig.<br />

note: The X 12 & X 16 bindings<br />

have an additional hole in the middle<br />

to attach the brake. Don’t forget<br />

to drill this hole.<br />

Mounting<br />

Mount the toe and heel base plates<br />

by tightening the screws using<br />

4 N·m of torque.<br />

Mount the brake in the usual<br />

manner.<br />

Push the “VAR” lever over to the<br />

right and slide the toe piece from<br />

the middle towards the tip of the ski.<br />

STEP 2<br />

retaIl SyStemS > InStallatIon > 16<br />

X 12 and X 16 Mounting Position Chart<br />

Sole<br />

length<br />

(mm)<br />

Mounting<br />

of Heel<br />

rail<br />

Move the toe piece to the number<br />

corresponding to the boot sole<br />

length you would like to mount the<br />

binding for.<br />

Slide the heel piece from the tail<br />

forward.<br />

Mounting<br />

of Toe<br />

rail<br />

Toe piece<br />

position on<br />

the toe rail<br />

Match up the steel band with the<br />

boot sole length you would like to<br />

mount the binding for.<br />

Take the “AFD” pedal and place it<br />

in the middle and tighten the screw<br />

using 4 N·m of torque.<br />

Bootcenter relative*<br />

to the actual<br />

bootcenter (mm)<br />

Maximum of positions<br />

to adjust the boot<br />

center +/forward<br />

Backward<br />

265 “S” “M” Position 7 + 7,0 mm +2 0<br />

275 “S” “M” Position 7 + 2,0 mm +2 -1<br />

285 “S” “M” Position 7 - 3,0 mm +3 -1<br />

295 “S” “M” Position 6 - 0,5 mm +4 -1<br />

305 “S” “M” Position 5 + 2,0 mm +1 -2<br />

315 “M” “M” Position 5 - 3,0 mm +3 -1<br />

325 “M” “M” Position 4 - 0,5 mm +2 -1<br />

335 “M” “M” Position 3 + 2,0 mm +3 -1<br />

345 “M” “M” Position 3 - 3,0 mm +2 -1<br />

355 “M” “M” Position 2 - 0,5 mm +2 -1<br />

max 360 “M” “M” Position 2 - 3,0 mm +2 0<br />

* Forward = “+” Backward = “-”<br />

Put the boot into the binding and<br />

check the forward pressure. The<br />

screw head needs to be aligned with<br />

the housing.<br />

PARTS (see page 63)<br />

Reference # Item Name<br />

11847301 X Series Jig


BIndIng<br />

InSTAllATIOn > Model-specific Installation<br />

Z Speed Plate<br />

A<br />

F<br />

J<br />

:<br />

Z Speed Installation<br />

STEP 2<br />

retaIl SyStemS > InStallatIon > 17<br />

S<br />

G<br />

K<br />

For mounting Z Speed bindings on skis, holes have to be drilled with the <strong>Salomon</strong> Z Speed mounting jig (Ref. #11139301) to ensure a proper alignment<br />

of the binding. All screws should be tightened using 4 N·m of torque.<br />

Mount the rear and front plates by tightening the<br />

screws in a criss-cross pattern. fig. A-S<br />

Pinch and open the central lock lever. fig. D<br />

Mount the brake in the usual manner using a<br />

Torx 25 bit. fig. F<br />

Slide the toe piece onto the track from the<br />

front backward and the heel piece from the tail<br />

forward. fig. G-H<br />

determine the boot sole length in mm.<br />

Adjust the toe and heel pieces until values in the<br />

centre click into a position corresponding with<br />

the boot sole length. fig. J<br />

D<br />

H<br />

L<br />

Close and lock on the central lever. fig. K<br />

Insert the boot and check the forward pressure.<br />

fig. L-:<br />

PARTS (see page 63)<br />

Reference # Item Name<br />

11139301 Z Speed Jig


BIndIng<br />

InSTAllATIOn > Model-specific Installation<br />

Easytrak System<br />

Easytrak l7 Installation<br />

A<br />

D<br />

Slide the toe piece onto the front<br />

of the interface while holding up<br />

the manual lock until it reaches the<br />

position corresponding with the<br />

Easytrak C5 Installation<br />

A<br />

Slide the toe piece onto the front of the interface while holding up the<br />

manual lock until the position corresponding with the boot sole length.<br />

Make sure the unit clicks into place. fig. A<br />

Slide the heel piece onto the back of the interface while holding up the<br />

manual lock until the position corresponding with the boot sole length.<br />

Make sure the unit clicks into place. fig. S<br />

Insert the boot and check forward pressure. fig. D<br />

STEP 2<br />

retaIl SyStemS > InStallatIon > 18<br />

boot sole length. Make sure the<br />

unit clicks into place. fig. A<br />

Slide the heel piece onto the back<br />

of the interface while holding up<br />

S<br />

F<br />

S<br />

D<br />

Track Position – Track position for boot sole length of 295 mm<br />

the manual lock until it reaches the<br />

position corresponding with the<br />

boot sole length. Make sure the<br />

unit clicks into place. fig. S<br />

Mount the brake in the usual<br />

manner. fig. D<br />

Insert the boot and check forward<br />

pressure. fig. F


BIndIng<br />

BIndIng-TO-BOOT AdJuSTMEnTS<br />

Adjusting<br />

Heel Position / forward Pressure<br />

All forward pressure adjustments should be verified with the boot in the binding.<br />

A<br />

Adjustment Tab Models. (All<br />

current retail and rental models.<br />

mv) Check that the tip of the boot<br />

sole is flush against the butt plate<br />

of the toe piece (or central roller<br />

of applicable models). The forward<br />

pressure is correct when<br />

the arrow on the adjustment tab<br />

lines up within the scribed area<br />

G<br />

S<br />

at the end of the heel housing<br />

(lightrak – fig. A, l&Z Fa)<br />

or when the arrow of the rear of<br />

the heel housing lines up within<br />

the scribed area on the adjustment<br />

tab (Junior – fig. S) or<br />

heel track (Smartrak – fig. D).<br />

2009/2010 models no longer<br />

have embossed arrows on the<br />

H<br />

Micro Metric Heel (Screw) Adjustment.<br />

With the boot in the binding (closed position), adjust the forward pressure<br />

to align the top of the screw head with the back of the heel track<br />

(STH – fig. G) or heel housing (X-Series & guardian – fig. H).<br />

STEP 3<br />

retaIl SyStemS > adjuStment > 19<br />

D F<br />

adjustment tab.The back edge of<br />

the tab should be used instead<br />

(l&Z – fig. Fb).<br />

If this adjustment is incorrect,<br />

remove the boot from the binding,<br />

lift the adjustment tab* and slide<br />

the heel to the desired position.<br />

Re-insert the boot and check the<br />

adjustment.<br />

J<br />

a b<br />

*The adjustment tab for certain<br />

retail L&Z models requires the use<br />

of a Salmon Adjustment Tool.<br />

Synchro Rental and Synchro Center bindings.<br />

The forward pressure is correct when the silver tab is visible in the housing<br />

window (SC & SR – fig. J). (See Rental Adjustments on page 30).<br />

If this adjustment is incorrect, remove the boot from the binding, lift the<br />

adjustment tab and slide the heel to the desired position. Re-insert the<br />

boot and check the adjustment.


BIndIng<br />

retaIl SyStemS > adjuStment > 20<br />

BIndIng-TO-BOOT AdJuSTMEnTS > (continued)<br />

Adjusting<br />

Toe Cup Width<br />

A S D<br />

Correct<br />

Independent Wing<br />

Adjustment Models.<br />

The adjustment screws for models<br />

with independent wing adjustments<br />

are located on each side of<br />

the toe piece. Adjust each wing<br />

snugly against the boot sole so<br />

that the boot is centered over the<br />

ski. fig. A do not over tighten<br />

fig. S as it forces the boot<br />

backward, increasing the forward<br />

pressure. When properly adjusted,<br />

the toe contacts the boot sole at<br />

three points: the butt plate and<br />

the low friction inserts in each<br />

wing arm.<br />

Toe Height<br />

F<br />

All <strong>Salomon</strong> retail binding models<br />

must have a clearance of<br />

0-0.5 mm between the AFD and<br />

boot toe. fig. F<br />

Automatic Wing<br />

Adjustment Models.<br />

Toe height adjusts automatically<br />

on all current automatic wing<br />

adjustment binding models (Z14<br />

to TZ 5).<br />

Incorrect<br />

Simultaneous Wing<br />

Adjustment Models.<br />

(916, S914, S912, S810, S850<br />

Models and their predecessors).<br />

The adjustment screw for models<br />

with simultaneous wing adjustments<br />

is located on the left of the<br />

toe piece. fig. D By turning this<br />

screw, both toe wings adjust<br />

simultaneously. Adjust the wings<br />

snugly against the boot sole. do<br />

not over tighten. The toe cup adjustment<br />

is correct when there are<br />

three points of contact: the butt<br />

plate and the low friction inserts<br />

on each wing arm.<br />

G H<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> Models.<br />

Currently only the 914, 916, and<br />

Driver 12 to Driver 16 binding<br />

model features manual toe height<br />

adjustment. Raise the toe by turning<br />

the adjustment screw, located<br />

on top of the toe piece, counterclockwise.<br />

Pull the boot back to<br />

create a gap between the boot<br />

sole and the binding AFD. Adjust<br />

the toe height to create a gap of<br />

STEP 3<br />

Automatic Wing<br />

Adjustment Models.<br />

Spheric Sport and Quadrax model<br />

toe wings adjust automatically.<br />

The C305 adjusts automatically to<br />

accept either children’s or adult<br />

norm boots. (The added width of<br />

an adult norm boot sole somewhat<br />

limits the shock absorption<br />

capability of the C305. It is suggested<br />

that aggressive junior skiers<br />

with an adult norm boot sole<br />

use a model designed exclusively<br />

for adult norm boots.)<br />

not more than 0.5 mm or until the<br />

boot sole just touches the AFD.<br />

You can use a <strong>Salomon</strong> 0.5 mm<br />

toe height adjust ment card to<br />

gauge this clearance fig. G-H.<br />

do not over tighten. (Always recheck<br />

the forward pressure adjustment<br />

after making any toe cup<br />

adjustments.)<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

21 Release Value Selection &<br />

Adjustment<br />

39 AFD Replacement


BIndIng<br />

retaIl SyStemS > releaSe value > 21<br />

RElEASE VAluE SElECTIOn & AdJuSTMEnT<br />

determining Skier Type<br />

It is the skier’s responsibility to determine Skier Type. Skier Type is not the same as skier ability and the two should not be confused.<br />

Skier Type must be indicated on the workshop form or rental form by the skier. The Skier Classification Chart is available<br />

in small and large poster size versions from <strong>Salomon</strong> and should be displayed to assist customers in classifying themselves.<br />

These descriptions are compatible with<br />

ASTM and ISO documents.<br />

Requested Settings<br />

What type of skier are you?<br />

determining your SkIER TyPE is<br />

your responsibility! Your skier type,<br />

height, weight, age and ski boot<br />

sole length are used by the shop<br />

to determine the visual indicator<br />

settings of your ski bindings. Be sure<br />

to provide accurate information, as any<br />

error may increase your risk of injury.<br />

Consult these descriptions to select<br />

your classification:<br />

TyPE I Cautious skiing on smooth<br />

slopes of gentle to moderate pitch<br />

• Receive lower than average release/<br />

retention settings. This corresponds<br />

to an increased risk of inadvertent<br />

binding release in order to gain<br />

releasability in a fall.<br />

• Type I settings apply to entrylevel<br />

skiers uncertain of their<br />

classification.<br />

TyPE II Skiers not classified as type<br />

I or III<br />

• Skiers who designate themselves<br />

as Type II receive average release/<br />

retention settings appropriate for<br />

most recreational skiing.<br />

TyPE III fast skiing on slopes of<br />

moderate to steep pitch<br />

• Receive higher than average release/<br />

retention settings. This corresponds<br />

to decreased releasability in a fall<br />

in order to gain a decreased risk of<br />

inadvertent binding release.<br />

• This classification is not<br />

recommended for skiers 47lb (21kg)<br />

and under.<br />

If from experience, you have been<br />

dissatisfied with visual indicator<br />

settings resulting from your selected<br />

skier type classification, you may<br />

wish to consider: (a) changing your<br />

skier type classification; (b) selecting<br />

different skier type classifications for<br />

toe and heel components; (c) selecting<br />

skier Types -I (“for skiers who desire<br />

visual indicator settings lower than<br />

settings for a Type I skier”) or III+<br />

(“for skiers who desire visual indicator<br />

settings higher than settings for a<br />

Type III skier”).<br />

If you believe that you require higher<br />

release/retention settings, but are<br />

unsure if the increase should be<br />

applied to the toe setting (twist) or heel<br />

setting (forward lean), request that the<br />

increase be applied to the heel setting<br />

(forward lean) before experimenting<br />

with higher toe settings (twist).<br />

Similarly, if you believe that you require<br />

lower release/retention settings, but<br />

are unsure if the decrease should<br />

apply to the toe setting (twist) or heel<br />

setting (forward lean), request that the<br />

decrease be applied to the toe setting<br />

(twist) before experimenting with lower<br />

heel settings (forward lean).<br />

Although the shop technician may<br />

help you to record your choice on the<br />

appropriate form, the final decision on<br />

your release/retention settings is yours.<br />

Skiers Requesting Settings not Recommended by <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

Release Agreement<br />

The <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Salomon</strong> Adjustment Chart is the only release adjustment<br />

chart authorized for use by Authorized Dealers during the <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> sea- I,<br />

son. It is a skier’s right to choose settings outside those recommended as hereby acknowledge that I have been advised by the<br />

per the current <strong>Salomon</strong> Adjustment Chart (particularly when the skier’s<br />

preferred setting is also within the range of acceptable settings).<br />

(rental shop, authorised dealer, etc.) that the setting which I have<br />

If the skier requests a setting other than the one derived from the current<br />

requested for my bindings (Model )<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Adjustment Chart, the shop may:<br />

is not the setting recommended by the manufacturer of the bindings for<br />

• Adjust the system to individual requests IF the technician notes on<br />

a skier of my height, weight, age and skier type. I understand that as a<br />

the workshop or rental form the reason the higher or lower setting<br />

condition of obtaining this setting on the bindings at the time of their de-<br />

was requested. The customer must verify the request for the higher or<br />

livery, I must agree to forever release the shop, its employees and agents,<br />

lower settings by signing and dating the form by the noted reason of<br />

the manufacturer, and the distributor from any and all liability for injury<br />

the setting request. (It is suggested that the shop have the skier sign a<br />

or death which results to me or others from the use of these bindings. I<br />

release identical to the Release Agreement printed on this page. The<br />

acknowledge that there may be increased risk of injury or death to me as<br />

release must then be attached to the completed workshop or rental<br />

a result of my own personal preference for binding setting, particularly in<br />

form.) NOTE: Current <strong>Salomon</strong> workshop and rental forms include a<br />

view of the inherent and other risks of the sport of skiing. I hereby waive<br />

"Requested Settings" option for customer requested settings, which<br />

all claims arising from the use of the bindings and release from all liabil-<br />

eliminates the need for a separate release in such instances.<br />

ity the shop, the distributor and the manufacturer, their agents and em-<br />

• Adjust the system to the setting derived from the <strong>Salomon</strong> Adjustment<br />

ployees and I further agree to indemnify them from any and all liability or<br />

Chart and instruct the skier on how to change the setting.<br />

harm or damage of any kind whatsoever which may result from the use of<br />

these bindings by myself or anyone I allow to use the bindings.<br />

I, the undersigned, have read and understand this liability release agreement,<br />

and agree that it is binding upon me, my heirs, guardians, administrators,<br />

assigns, and legal representatives.<br />

STEP 4<br />

Skier Signature<br />

(or, in the case of a minor, that of the skier’s parent or guardian)<br />

<strong>Shop</strong> Manager’s Signature


BIndIng<br />

<strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Salomon</strong> Adjustment Chart<br />

retaIl SyStemS > releaSe value > 22<br />

RElEASE VAluE SElECTIOn & AdJuSTMEnT > (continued)<br />

All <strong>Salomon</strong> bindings use<br />

the DIN adjustment scale.<br />

Release setting numbers<br />

on this scale are referred<br />

to as “visual indicator<br />

settings.” The <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong><br />

Adjustment Chart is the<br />

only release adjustment<br />

chart authorized for<br />

Authorized Dealers during<br />

the <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> season.<br />

Only those settings<br />

recommended by <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

should be used when determining<br />

the appropriate<br />

adjustment for each skier’s<br />

system. Refer to Skier’s<br />

Requesting Settings<br />

not Recommended by<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> (page 21) for<br />

skiers requesting other<br />

settings.<br />

determining & Adjusting Visual Indicator Settings<br />

The following procedure is used for<br />

determining visual indicator settings<br />

using the <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

Adjustment Chart.<br />

1. Find the Skier’s Code. Locate the<br />

skier’s weight and height in the<br />

first two columns. If the skier’s<br />

weight and height are not in the<br />

same row, select the Skier’s code<br />

that is closest to the top of the<br />

chart.<br />

2. The skier’s code is appropriate for<br />

Type I skiers:<br />

• For Type II skiers, move down<br />

on the chart one row.<br />

• For Type III skiers, move down<br />

on the chart two rows.<br />

• For Type -I skiers, move up on<br />

the chart one row.<br />

• For Type III+ skiers, move down<br />

on the chart three rows.<br />

• A skier may select different skier<br />

types for toe and heel piece.<br />

3. For skiers age 9 and younger or<br />

age 50 and older, move up the<br />

chart one row.<br />

• For skiers 29 lb (13 kg) and<br />

under, no further correction is<br />

appropriate.<br />

• For skiers 38 lb (17 kg)<br />

and under, Skier Type -I is<br />

inappropriate.<br />

4. Locate the column that represents<br />

the skier’s boot sole length (in<br />

mm).<br />

STEP 4<br />

5. The box at the intersection of the<br />

skier’s boot sole length column<br />

and the Skier’s Code row shows<br />

the initial visual indicator setting<br />

for the skier. If the intersection<br />

of the row and column falls in a<br />

blank box, move left or right on<br />

the same row to the nearest box<br />

showing a visual indicator setting.<br />

6. Record the visual indicator settings<br />

on the Workshop Form.<br />

• If a skier selects different skier<br />

types for toe and heel piece, it<br />

must be recorded on the workshop<br />

or rental form in the order<br />

toe/heel (T/H), using a (/) to<br />

separate the two types.<br />

Visual Indicator Setting Adjustment<br />

Adjust both toes and heels of the<br />

system to the visual indicator setting<br />

derived from the adjustment chart.<br />

Sometimes a technician may experience<br />

difficulty determining exactly<br />

where the visual indicator should appear<br />

in the binding’s visual indicator<br />

window. For example, a setting of 5½<br />

is not precisely marked on the binding.<br />

The technician should use those<br />

values that are clearly marked on the<br />

binding as reference points and set<br />

the release adjustment as close as<br />

possible to the setting that is recorded<br />

on the Workshop Form.


BIndIng<br />

Visual Inspection of System Components<br />

retaIl SyStemS > fInal checkIng > 23<br />

fInAl CHECkIng & VISuAl InSPECTIOn<br />

While anyone can mount and adjust a <strong>Salomon</strong> binding, to receive indemnification from Amer Sports a<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Certified Technician must sign or initial the Workshop Form attesting that all systems inspections<br />

have been performed. A Final Check is your quality control measure to verify that all required procedures<br />

have been properly completed.<br />

Common Compatibility Problems<br />

The Boot<br />

• Inconsistencies with ISO and<br />

applicable norms.<br />

• Gross irregularities where the<br />

boot contacts the binding and<br />

the AFD.<br />

• Unacceptable low grade<br />

thermoplastic construction.<br />

• Rubber and/or metal tip<br />

protectors<br />

• Mold flashings.<br />

• Excessive wear.<br />

The Binding Components<br />

• Stripped, loose or<br />

missing screws.<br />

• Condition of the AFD (ripped,<br />

loose, imbedded dirt, boot sole<br />

pattern, tread imprint, etc.).<br />

• Condition of anti-friction inserts<br />

(where applicable).<br />

• Missing or unreadable visual<br />

indicators and missing windows.<br />

• Bent or broken baseplate,<br />

principal axis or housing.<br />

Test for Elastic Travel & Return<br />

A<br />

• Debris lodged in the sole.<br />

• Warped or improperly canted<br />

boot sole.<br />

• Cut-outs in the sole that<br />

impede proper brake function.<br />

(If you are uncertain of boot<br />

compatibility, perform the Clean<br />

vs. lubricated Test. Boots that<br />

fail this test or violate any of the<br />

above points should not be used<br />

with any <strong>Salomon</strong> binding.)<br />

• Stripped or jammed toe height<br />

and cup adjustment screws.<br />

• Jammed release adjustment<br />

screw.<br />

• Other visible wear.<br />

• Improperly installed leash<br />

or brake.<br />

• Irregular heel track function.<br />

• Bent or broken baseplate, track<br />

or heel.<br />

S<br />

lateral<br />

Secure the ski. Hit the forefoot area of the boot with an object that will not<br />

damage the boot, such as a rubber hammer. fig. A Use sufficient force<br />

to move the boot off-center, but not hard enough to release the system.<br />

The boot should move off-center at least 5 mm and return to center<br />

within 2 mm of its original position.<br />

Vertical<br />

Depress the heel lever while pulling forward on the upper cuff of the boot<br />

until the boot heel lifts at least 5 mm. fig. S Release both hands simultaneously.<br />

The boot should return to the ski quickly and smoothly. This<br />

inspection can be performed either manually or by using a mechanical<br />

testing device. If a testing device is used, follow the recommendations of<br />

the test device manufacturer for proper procedure.<br />

If the system passes these tests, mark “Pass” ( ) on the Workshop<br />

Form for “Test for Elastic Travel & Return”. If the system fails, see<br />

Troubleshooting.<br />

The Ski<br />

• Mounting screws protruding<br />

through the base.<br />

• Delaminated sidewall. This can<br />

be detected visually or by running<br />

your fingers along the sides<br />

of the ski.<br />

• Binding baseplates not flush with<br />

ski surface.<br />

The Ski Brake<br />

• Improper brake arm length.<br />

• Improper installation.<br />

• Broken entry pedals.<br />

• Bent or broken brake arms.<br />

Test for Boot/Binding Compatibility<br />

• Delaminated topskin.<br />

• Pre-drilled holes. As a general<br />

rule, bindings should not be<br />

installed on skis that have previously<br />

been drilled for three or<br />

more sets of bindings.<br />

• Strength of ski brake. A brake<br />

must not compress totally when<br />

the ski is set on a flat surface.<br />

• Other visible wear.<br />

Visual Inspection of the Complete System<br />

Place the boot in the binding and check the accuracy of:<br />

• Toe height adjustment<br />

(if applicable).<br />

• Toe cup width adjustment<br />

(if applicable).<br />

• Central roller adjustment<br />

(if applicable).<br />

• Forward pressure adjustment.<br />

• Visual indicator settings.<br />

• Symmetrical mounting of bindings<br />

to ski center line (± 1 mm).<br />

This should be in the same location<br />

on both skis.<br />

Check the boot/binding combination to ensure all components are compatible.<br />

Unless a binding is specifically designed for use with both junior<br />

and adult norm boot soles, adult and junior systems cannot be combined,<br />

e.g., junior boots with adult bindings or vice versa. If the system passes<br />

this test, mark “Pass” ( ) on the Workshop Form for “Test of Boot-<br />

Binding Compatibility.”<br />

If you are not sure that the boot complies with standards or if you are not<br />

sure that the system components are compatible, see Troubleshooting.<br />

STEP 5<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

49 Standard Boot Sole<br />

Dimensions<br />

25 Troubleshooting<br />

27 <strong>Salomon</strong> Workshop Form


BIndIng<br />

MECHAnICAl InSPECTIOn<br />

retaIl SyStemS > teStIng > 24<br />

It is a requirement* for Amer Sports indemnification that all ski/binding/boot systems be verified using a<br />

force or torque measuring device.**<br />

A previously damaged binding component or boot may break during the added stress of mechanical testing.<br />

Consumers should be advised of this possibility prior to any mechanical testing of their equipment.<br />

Twist Test & forward lean Tests > Release Value Within Specified Range<br />

Twist Test (Toe)<br />

Exercise the toe by releasing it one<br />

or more times in each direction.<br />

Measure and record the test result<br />

for both clockwise and counterclockwise<br />

directions with a force or<br />

torque-measuring device. The test<br />

result is the middle quantitative value<br />

of three measured release values.<br />

If the first two measured values are<br />

the same, there is no need to take a<br />

third measurement. See Examples of<br />

Middle Quantitative Values (below)<br />

Examples of Middle<br />

Quantitative Values<br />

3 Maximum<br />

Release<br />

Values<br />

Middle<br />

Quantitative Value<br />

(Test Result)<br />

45, 40, 50 45<br />

60, 50, 50 50<br />

30, 40, 45 40<br />

55, 65, 60 60<br />

forward lean Test (Heel)<br />

Exercise the heel by releasing it<br />

once. Measure and record the<br />

test result using a force or torque<br />

measuring device. The test result<br />

should be within the “Inspection<br />

If the Twist Test or forward<br />

lean Test results are not within<br />

the “Inspection Range” but are<br />

within the greater “In-Use Range,”<br />

the visual indicator of the component<br />

affecting the test result<br />

should be readjusted to bring the<br />

test result within the “Inspection<br />

Range.” If the test result is outside<br />

the “In-Use Range,” refer to<br />

Troubleshooting. It is not neces-<br />

The toe passes this inspection if<br />

the test results in both directions<br />

fall within the “Inspection Range”<br />

as determined from the <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

Adjustment Chart. See Sample<br />

Systems Inspection Ranges<br />

(below).<br />

If your test results for clockwise and<br />

counterclockwise release appear<br />

to be at opposite extremes of the<br />

inspection range, you may have an<br />

installation error or an incompatible<br />

Sample Systems<br />

Inspection Ranges<br />

Based on Skier Code "L"<br />

REf<br />

Range.” If both twist and forward<br />

lean results fall within the appropriate<br />

inspection range, mark<br />

“Pass” ( ) on the Workshop<br />

Results not Within the Specified Range<br />

x<br />

x<br />

43<br />

50<br />

58<br />

67<br />

78<br />

InSPECTIOn RAngE<br />

sary to record any of the test results<br />

on the Workshop form. It is<br />

only necessary to record whether<br />

the system passed or failed each<br />

inspection and the final visual<br />

indicator settings. Any system<br />

component that repeatedly fails<br />

any inspection should not remain<br />

in use. When the technician is satisfied<br />

that all required procedures<br />

have been completed according<br />

In-uSE RAngE<br />

boot. This is known as asymmetric<br />

release. Troubleshoot the system and<br />

re-test after the problem has been<br />

corrected.<br />

form for “Release Value Within<br />

Specified Range.”<br />

to <strong>Salomon</strong>’s recommendations in<br />

this manual, he or she must sign<br />

the Workshop form. (The signing<br />

technician must be currently certified<br />

by Amer Sports.)<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

22 <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

Adjustment Chart<br />

25 Troubleshooting<br />

27 <strong>Salomon</strong> Workshop Form<br />

nOTE<br />

*U.S. Dealers only; recommended<br />

for Canadian Dealers.<br />

**For Amer Sports indemnification<br />

to apply, the shop must follow<br />

the test device<br />

manufacturer’s requirements for:<br />

• Proper use.<br />

• Valid calibration.<br />

• Calibration check at recommended<br />

intervals.<br />

• Consistent results between technicians<br />

operating this device.<br />

STEP 6


BIndIng<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

retaIl SyStemS > teStIng > 25<br />

MECHAnICAl InSPECTIOn > Troubleshooting<br />

Boot/Binding systems wear with time. This is expected. Normal wear and/or fatigue of a system can be<br />

expected. If a system inspection indicates a system is not functioning as intended, the cause of the problem<br />

must be identified and corrective action should be taken.<br />

The first step is to re-examine each<br />

component of the ski/binding/boot<br />

system individually. If a problem<br />

is found, e.g., stripped toe height<br />

screw, out-of-standard boot sole,<br />

improperly mounted binding, missing<br />

AFD, etc., proper Binding-to-<br />

Boot Adjustments cannot be made.<br />

No further work can be performed<br />

on the system. Mark “Fail” ( )<br />

on this section of the Workshop<br />

form.*<br />

On used bindings, inspect all boot<br />

to binding points of contact for excessive<br />

wear.<br />

If the system failed the Test for<br />

Elastic Travel & Return, check<br />

that all boot/binding interfaces are<br />

clean, smooth and clear of debris.<br />

If the boot is dirty, clean it with a<br />

solution of mild dish washing soap<br />

and water. If the binding is dirty,<br />

clean it according to the procedures<br />

described in Maintenance<br />

and Repair. Check that the boot<br />

enters the binding correctly. Make<br />

lubricated Test<br />

Twist (N·m)<br />

100<br />

90<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

fail<br />

sure the boot is properly positioned<br />

in the toe and heel cups. Check<br />

the visual indicator settings. They<br />

should not exceed the minimum or<br />

maximum setting and should be set<br />

appropriately for the skier. Re-test<br />

the system for Elastic Travel &<br />

Return. If the system fails this test,<br />

mark "Fail" ( ) on this section of<br />

the Workshop form.*<br />

If the system failed the Test For<br />

Boot/Binding Compatibility, mark<br />

"Fail" ( ) on this section of the<br />

Workshop form.* If you are not<br />

sure that the boot complies with<br />

the mandatory standards, or if you<br />

are not sure that the boot/binding<br />

system components are compatible,<br />

do a Clean vs. lubricated<br />

Test. To perform a Clean vs.<br />

lubricated Test, all adjustments<br />

to the system, e.g., visual indicator<br />

settings, forward pressure adjustments,<br />

etc., must be the same as<br />

when the system was previously<br />

tested. Lubricate the boot with a<br />

Compatibility Tables: Clean vs. lubricated Tests<br />

Twist Test<br />

Pass<br />

fail<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100<br />

Twist (N·m)<br />

Clean Test<br />

mild dish washing soap wherever<br />

it contacts the binding and wipe off<br />

any excess lubricant. Perform the<br />

Twist Test and forward lean Test<br />

as done previously and record your<br />

results. Next, compare the results<br />

of the lubricated test with those of<br />

the previously performed non-lubricated<br />

clean test. Plot the results<br />

on the Compatibility Tables. If the<br />

results don’t fall within the shaded<br />

“Pass” window on the table, the<br />

BOOT is incompatible with the<br />

binding and should not be used.<br />

Mark “Fail” ( ) on the Workshop<br />

form.*<br />

If no problems have been found<br />

with the system and the Release<br />

Value Within Specified Range cannot<br />

be obtained, further tests must<br />

be undertaken. First, switch testers<br />

to check operator accuracy. Next,<br />

check the accuracy of the testing<br />

device per the device manufacturer’s<br />

recommendations. Re-test<br />

the system. If the system releases<br />

* The customer should be informed of, and authorize, action needed to correct the problem. Please refer to<br />

the Technical Reference section for warranty information on binding components covered under warranty.<br />

forward lean Test<br />

lubricated Test<br />

Forward Lean (N·m)<br />

400<br />

360<br />

320<br />

280<br />

240<br />

200<br />

160<br />

120<br />

80<br />

fail<br />

outside the “In-Use Range,” mark<br />

“Fail” ( ) on this section of the<br />

Workshop form.*<br />

If the customer refuses to have<br />

work done that is necessary to<br />

bring the system within standards,<br />

or requests work that violates the<br />

recommendations of this manual,<br />

the technician should check the box<br />

next to the statement indicating<br />

out-of-standard components on<br />

the Workshop form. A note should<br />

be made in the Comment section<br />

of the form describing the problem<br />

and the skier should be warned<br />

that continued use of the system<br />

is inadvisable. The shop will not be<br />

indemnified for work done on that<br />

system.<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

23 Test For Elastic Travel<br />

and Return<br />

23 Test For Boot/Binding<br />

Compatibility<br />

27 <strong>Salomon</strong> Workshop Form<br />

81 <strong>Salomon</strong> Retail Binding<br />

Limited Warranty<br />

Pass<br />

fail<br />

40<br />

0<br />

0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400<br />

Forward Lean (N·m)<br />

Clean Test<br />

STEP 6


BIndIng<br />

retaIl SyStemS > record keePIng > 26<br />

SkIER InSTRuCTIOn, WARnIng & RECORd kEEPIng<br />

Skier Instruction & Warning<br />

When the Certified Technician signs<br />

or initials the Workshop Form, the<br />

technician attests that all procedures<br />

have been completed. It is<br />

not necessary for the technician to<br />

personally provide the skier with instructions<br />

as long as the shop does.<br />

To help reduce your shop’s liability<br />

risk and to receive indemnification<br />

from Amer Sports, take the following<br />

steps whenever a skier picks up<br />

their equipment. (If the individual<br />

picking up the equipment is not the<br />

intended user, treat that individual as<br />

though they were the intended user.<br />

In the case of minor skiers, follow<br />

these steps in the presence of both<br />

the minor skier and a parent or legal<br />

guardian.)<br />

Explanation of Entry/Exit/Re-entry<br />

The proper use of the system (entry,<br />

exit and re-entry) must be explained<br />

using the skier’s own system as an<br />

example.<br />

Explanation of Parts and<br />

Release Adjustments<br />

Show the skier where the visual indicator<br />

adjustment caps/screws are located.<br />

Point out the binding-to-boot<br />

adjustments. Indicate where the<br />

visual indicator settings are recorded<br />

Retail Record keeping<br />

An Authorized Dealer is required<br />

to keep accurate records of work<br />

performed. Aside from the legal<br />

reasons, accurate records provide a<br />

permanent history of the customers<br />

you have serviced over the years.<br />

Workshop records must be kept<br />

for five years or for the statute of<br />

limitations of the state or province,<br />

whichever period is longer.<br />

The following is a list of information*<br />

that must be recorded every<br />

time a <strong>Salomon</strong> binding is mounted<br />

and/or adjusted. It is not necessary<br />

to use a <strong>Salomon</strong> Workshop form,<br />

but any form that the shop uses<br />

should include all the information<br />

listed below.*<br />

1. *Date of transaction.<br />

2. *Name and address of the skier.<br />

3. *Skier’s height, weight, age and<br />

skier type.<br />

4. *Skis (brand, model and serial<br />

number).<br />

5. *Boot (brand, model and sole<br />

length).<br />

6. *Binding (brand and model).<br />

on the Workshop Form and have<br />

the customer verify that the settings<br />

recorded on the form agree with the<br />

settings appearing in the visual indicator<br />

window of the binding. (It is<br />

not necessary to explain how these<br />

numbers are derived.) Although skiers<br />

may work on their own system,<br />

suggest that if a problem develops,<br />

the system should be taken to an<br />

Authorized Binding Dealer.<br />

Receipt of In-Box Instructions<br />

When a skier purchases a new<br />

binding, it is required that they also<br />

receive the in-box pamphlet included<br />

in each binding box. The pamphlet<br />

should be reviewed with the skier so<br />

that it is fully understood.<br />

Skier Signature on the<br />

Workshop form<br />

The skier must read and understand<br />

the conditions specified in the<br />

Liability Release Agreement. Point<br />

out that the skier is signing a release<br />

of liability and that included in the<br />

release is a specific warning that<br />

the binding will not release under<br />

all circumstances nor is it possible<br />

to predict every situation in which it<br />

will release, and it is, therefore, no<br />

guarantee of the skier’s safety.<br />

7. *Skier’s Code.<br />

8. *System inspection results<br />

("Pass" or "Fail" for all functional<br />

tests must be indicated).<br />

9. *Visual indicator settings.<br />

10. *Certified Technician’s initials or<br />

signature attesting that all functional<br />

tests and instructional<br />

procedures have been completed.<br />

11. *Liability Release Agreement<br />

which is either the same as/<br />

or substantial equivalent of the<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> form.<br />

12. *Skier signature (or that of the<br />

skier’s agent or, in the case of a<br />

minor, that of the skier’s parent<br />

or guardian) attesting that the<br />

skier:<br />

a. Has been instructed in the<br />

proper use of the equipment.<br />

b. Has received the in-box pamphlet<br />

(new bindings only).<br />

c. Has verified that the visual<br />

indicator settings correspond<br />

to the recorded visual indicator<br />

settings.<br />

The Skier must then sign the<br />

Workshop form, indicating the<br />

skier:<br />

• Has been instructed in the proper<br />

use of the equipment.<br />

• Has received the in-box pamphlet<br />

(new bindings only).<br />

• Has verified that the visual indicator<br />

settings correspond to the recorded<br />

settings on the Workshop Form.<br />

• Has read and understands the specific<br />

information on the Workshop<br />

Form that releases the shop, manufacturer<br />

and distributor from liability.<br />

• Understands that skiing involves<br />

inherent risks and that injuries are<br />

a common and ordinary occurrence<br />

of the sport.<br />

• Understands that included in the<br />

Liability Release Agreement is the<br />

specific warning that the binding<br />

will not release at all times or under<br />

all circumstances where release<br />

may prevent injury or death, nor is<br />

it possible to predict every situation<br />

in which it will release, and it<br />

is, therefore, no guarantee of their<br />

safety.<br />

• Understands that the bindings<br />

should be maintained as per<br />

d. Has read and understands the<br />

Liability Release Agreement<br />

on the Workshop Form.<br />

e. Understands that there are<br />

inherent and other risks in<br />

the sport of snow skiing and<br />

agrees to assume those risks.<br />

f. Understands that included<br />

in the Liability Release<br />

Agreement is the specific<br />

warning that the binding will<br />

not release under all circumstances<br />

where release may<br />

prevent injury or death, nor<br />

is it possible to predict every<br />

situation in which it will release,<br />

and it is, therefore, no<br />

guarantee of their safety.<br />

g. Understands that bindings<br />

should be maintained as per<br />

suggestions in Maintenance<br />

Guidelines.<br />

13. Notes on the boot sole’s material,<br />

shape and/or condition<br />

should be made when necessary.<br />

suggestions in Maintenance<br />

guidelines prior to the beginning<br />

of each season and every 30 skier<br />

days per year.<br />

The person who signs the Workshop<br />

Form should be the intended user<br />

of the equipment. In the case of a<br />

minor skier, the signature on the<br />

form must be that of the skier’s parent<br />

or legal guardian. If someone<br />

other than the skier or the skier’s<br />

parent or guardian picks up the<br />

equipment, this person should be<br />

treated as though he or she were<br />

the skier and, therefore, must sign<br />

the Workshop Form. A note must<br />

be placed on the Workshop Form<br />

that the “agent” must transmit the<br />

information to the intended user. If a<br />

skier refuses to sign the Workshop<br />

Form, Amer Sports will not provide<br />

indemnification and the shop should<br />

consider refusing to provide service<br />

to the skier.<br />

Receipt of Workshop form<br />

The skier must be given a copy of<br />

the Workshop Form that includes a<br />

signed copy of the Liability Release<br />

Agreement.<br />

14.If the visual indicator settings<br />

vary from the recommended<br />

setting, note the reason for this.<br />

Attach a signed release to the<br />

Workshop Form. NOTE: Current<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> workshop and rental<br />

forms include a "Requested<br />

Settings" option for customer<br />

requested settings, which eliminates<br />

the need for a separate<br />

release in such instances.<br />

15. Refusal to serve statement. This<br />

statement should be written so<br />

as to absolve the ski shop from<br />

any liability when the customer<br />

refuses to have work performed<br />

as per guidelines of <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

and the shop<br />

nOTE<br />

* Without this information, indemnification<br />

will not apply.<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

27 <strong>Salomon</strong> Workshop Form<br />

27 Liability Release<br />

Agreement<br />

38 Maintenance Guidelines<br />

STEP 7


BIndIng<br />

8410009333 ©2005, Moore Wallace All rights reserved. - 0207<br />

(Shaded areas for shop use only)<br />

SkIER InSTRuCTIOn, WARnIng & RECORd kEEPIng<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Workshop form*<br />

Taken<br />

By:<br />

Name:<br />

Street<br />

City<br />

Phone #<br />

Name<br />

Last<br />

First<br />

State Zip<br />

Your Weight lbs.<br />

Date<br />

Due:<br />

Downhill Skiing<br />

Snowboard<br />

Indicate Skier Type:<br />

Stance:<br />

Regular Goofy<br />

L ° R °<br />

Acknowledgement of Personal Information,<br />

Equipment Instructions & Liability Release<br />

Agreement<br />

I have accurately represented the above listed information and it is<br />

true and correct. I will not use any of my equipment until I have<br />

received instruction on its use and I fully understand its use and<br />

function [including receipt of accompanying manufacturer’s<br />

instruction pamphlet[s] for new equipment]. I agree to verify that the<br />

visual indicator settings to be recorded on this form for downhill ski<br />

equipment, and skiboards equipped with release bindings, agree with<br />

the number appearing in the visual indicator windows of the<br />

equipment to be listed on this form. I agree to read and execute the<br />

LIABILITY RELEASE AGREEMENT on the back of this form.<br />

Equipment User’s<br />

Signature:<br />

Parent/Guardian Signature<br />

(if not adult user):<br />

SKIS/SNOWBOARD/SKIBOARD<br />

Serial No:<br />

BOOTS<br />

Model:<br />

BINDINGS<br />

Brand:<br />

POLES<br />

Brand:<br />

Other:<br />

Work Requested<br />

FWD PRESSURE<br />

DIN SETTING<br />

TOE HEIGHT<br />

SCREW TENSION<br />

WAXED / EDGED<br />

TECH INITIAL:<br />

Technician’s Signature:<br />

M.I.<br />

Date:<br />

Your<br />

Height ft. in. Age<br />

Model<br />

Sole Length (cm):<br />

Model:<br />

Length:<br />

Binding-to-Boot Adjustment<br />

Test for Elastic Travel & Return<br />

Test of Boot-Binding Compatibility<br />

Release Value Within Specified Range<br />

EQUIPMENT TOTAL<br />

Equipment<br />

Labor<br />

Sub-Total<br />

Tax<br />

TOTAL $<br />

RELEASE BINDING SYSTEM INSPECTION Skier’s Code<br />

PASS FAIL N/A<br />

( )<br />

( )<br />

( )<br />

( )<br />

Due to system components that are out of standard or otherwise unsuitable,<br />

the work cannot be performed. (See COMMENTS below)<br />

Visual Indicator Settings Requested Settings<br />

L Toe<br />

R Toe L Toe<br />

R Toe<br />

L Heel<br />

Comments:<br />

R Heel L Heel<br />

R Heel<br />

Name<br />

retaIl SyStemS > record keePIng > 27<br />

$<br />

$<br />

( )<br />

( )<br />

( )<br />

( )<br />

( )<br />

( )<br />

( )<br />

( )<br />

.<br />

.<br />

.<br />

LIABILITY RELEASE AGREEMENT<br />

I understand that the binding system cannot guarantee the user’s<br />

safety. In downhill skiing, and skiboarding with skiboards equipped<br />

with release bindings, this binding system will not release at all<br />

times or under all circumstances where release may prevent injury<br />

or death, nor is it possible to predict every situation in which it<br />

will release. In snowboarding, cross-country skiing, skiboarding<br />

with skiboards equipped with non-release bindings, snowshoeing<br />

and other sports utilizing equipment with non-release bindings, the<br />

binding system will not ordinarily release during use; these bindings<br />

are not designed to release as a result of forces generated during<br />

ordinary operation.<br />

I understand that the sports of skiing, snowboarding, skiboarding,<br />

snowshoeing and other sports (collectively "RECREATIONAL SNOW<br />

SPORTS") involve inherent and other risks of INJURY and DEATH.<br />

I voluntarily agree to expressly assume all risks of injury or death<br />

that may result from these RECREATIONAL SNOW SPORTS, or<br />

which relate in any way to the use of this equipment.<br />

I understand that a helmet designed for RECREATIONAL SNOW<br />

SPORTS use will help reduce the risk of some types of injuries to<br />

the user at slower speeds. I recognize that serious injury or death<br />

can result from both low and high energy impacts, even when a<br />

helmet is worn.<br />

I AGREE TO RELEASE AND HOLD HARMLESS the facility servicing<br />

this equipment, its employees, owners, affiliates, agents, officers,<br />

directors, and the equipment manufacturers and distributors and<br />

their successors in interest (collectively "PROVIDERS"), from all<br />

liability for injury, death, property loss and damage which results<br />

from the equipment user’s participation in the RECREATIONAL<br />

SNOW SPORTS for which the equipment is provided, or which is<br />

related in any way to the use of this equipment, including all<br />

liability which results from the NEGLIGENCE of PROVIDERS, or<br />

any other person or cause.<br />

I further agree to defend and indemnify PROVIDERS for any loss<br />

or damage, including any that results from claims or lawsuits for<br />

personal injury, death, and property loss and damage related in<br />

any way to the use of this equipment.<br />

This agreement is governed by the applicable law of this state or<br />

province. If any provision of this agreement is determined to be<br />

unenforceable, all other provisions shall be given full force and<br />

effect.<br />

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS<br />

LIABILITY RELEASE AGREEMENT.<br />

User’s Signature:<br />

Date:<br />

Parent/Guardian/Agent: I verify that I am the parent, guardian or<br />

agent of the equipment user; I have the authority to enter into this<br />

agreement on behalf of the equipment user; and I agree to be<br />

bound by the terms and conditions of this agreement.<br />

Parent/Guardian/<br />

Agent’s Signature:<br />

Date:<br />

nOTE<br />

*U.S. form shown.<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

26 Skier Instruction &<br />

Warning<br />

PARTS (see page 63)<br />

Reference # Item Name<br />

B1WSfM (U.S. only)<br />

Workshop Form<br />

B10008 (Can. Bilingual)<br />

Workshop Form<br />

STEP 7


REnTAl & dEMO<br />

BIndIng SySTEMS<br />

Proper procedures for a Certified Technician<br />

to follow while mounting and adjusting<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Rental and Demo bindings.<br />

PREPARATIOn<br />

Boot-to-Binding Compatibility<br />

Bindings are designed to be used with specific norm boot soles, i.e., junior<br />

norm boot soles with junior bindings and adult norm boot soles with<br />

adult bindings. Under no circumstances should a junior boot be used with<br />

Jig Selection<br />

Rental-specific jigs are available<br />

to mount current model <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

rental bindings. The jigs can be<br />

used for both Synchro and non<br />

Synchro Systems. Please refer to<br />

the Rental Jig Selection Chart<br />

(right) for the reference numbers.<br />

See page 30 for Synchro preset<br />

requirements. Contact your<br />

customer service representative<br />

for additional jigs to mount older<br />

models of <strong>Salomon</strong> rental bindings.<br />

See Jig Selection & use on<br />

page 8 for more information.<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

7 Boot-to-Binding<br />

Compatibility<br />

8 Jig Selection & Use<br />

9 Drilling, Tapping & Glue<br />

31 Rental Visual &<br />

Mechanical Inspections<br />

34 Maintenance Records<br />

rental & demo > 28<br />

For general Preparation Instructions, please refer to page 7.<br />

All rental skis must have an Identification Number and a method to record maintenance and testing information<br />

(e.g., <strong>Salomon</strong> sample Ski/Binding Maintenance Record and Boot Maintenance Record).<br />

senior Synchro C junior<br />

PARTS (see page 63)<br />

Reference # Item Name<br />

001003 Rental Jig<br />

001040 Rental Jig Wide Skis<br />

l3086300001 Easytrak Jig<br />

STEP 1<br />

senior Synchro R junior Quadrax 3 R<br />

an adult binding. The L7 and C5 are designed for use with junior norm<br />

boot soles and smaller adult norm boot soles.<br />

Rental Jig Selection Chart<br />

Models DIN Scale<br />

Z12 SC 4 to 12<br />

Ski width<br />

56 - 99 mm<br />

Jig Ref. # 001003<br />

Jig Ref. #<br />

Wide skis<br />

80 - 123 mm<br />

Jig Ref. # 001040<br />

Boot Sole<br />

Range<br />

(mm)<br />

Jig Position<br />

260 - 382 Synchro C senior<br />

Z10 SC 3 to 10 260 - 382 Synchro C senior<br />

L10 SC 3 to 10 260 - 382 Synchro C senior<br />

L9 SC 2.5 to 9 260 - 382 Synchro C senior<br />

L7 SC 2 to 7.5 260 - 382 Synchro C senior<br />

L10 SR 3 to 10 268 - 348 Synchro R senior<br />

L7 SR 2 to 7.5 230 - 308 Synchro R junior<br />

C5 SR 0.5 to 4.5 190 - 246 Quadrax 3 R<br />

T5 SC 0.5 to 4.5 216 - 304 Synchro C junior<br />

C5 Easytrak 0.5 to 4.5<br />

197 - 304 Easytrack Small<br />

Jig Ref. # 308630<br />

L7 Easytrak 2 to 7.5 229 - 336 Easytrack Medium<br />

70-116 mm wide skis<br />

L10 Easytrak 3 to 10 273 - 380 Easytrack Large<br />

Photo: Scott Markewitz


BIndIng<br />

InSTAllATIOn<br />

There are two basic types of<br />

Synchro System bindings: SC and<br />

SR. While both have a moveable<br />

heel piece, only the SC (Synchro<br />

Center) models have a moveable<br />

toe, allowing both the toe and heel<br />

piece to be adjusted to “center”<br />

the boot.<br />

To set up the Synchro Systems,<br />

you will need: <strong>Salomon</strong> rental bindings<br />

with Synchro Heel Guides and<br />

the parts listed below<br />

PARTS (see page 63)<br />

Reference # Item Name<br />

001156 Adult Retail Jig<br />

001003 Rental Jig<br />

000902 Rental Adjustment Tool<br />

lEgEnd<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Synchro System<br />

A S<br />

D<br />

SR Models (non-moveable toe) are<br />

mounted using the Retail procedures.<br />

non-Synchro System Follow Synchro<br />

System procedures, omitting measurement<br />

of boots and affixing<br />

Synchro Stickers.<br />

SC Models (moveable toe) are<br />

mounted using the procedures described<br />

below.<br />

first, set the jig to the proper position.<br />

It is imperative that the jig be<br />

set correctly and all bindings be<br />

mounted at the correct position. For<br />

consistent mounting, drill the jig and<br />

pin it in the correct position.<br />

STEP 2<br />

Heel Track<br />

Adjustment<br />

Loop<br />

Adjustment<br />

Screw<br />

rental & demo > PreParatIon 29<br />

Visual Indicator<br />

Heel Lever<br />

Heel Cup<br />

Brake Pedal<br />

* Use <strong>Salomon</strong> grease (Ref. #000905) on track.<br />

F<br />

next, place the jig properly on the<br />

ski, drill the ski and remove any<br />

shavings. Place a drop of glue onto<br />

the drilled holes. On SC (move able<br />

toe) model bindings, mount the toe<br />

plate securely with the four screws<br />

provided fig. A. Move the adjustment<br />

lever on the front of the toe to<br />

the left and con tinue to slide the toe<br />

onto the plate fig. S.<br />

Slide the central plate onto the toe<br />

piece, fig. D then position the heel<br />

over the central plate and holes,<br />

fig. F and tighten using a crisscross<br />

pattern.<br />

S912 Light<br />

Adjustment<br />

Range<br />

Indicators<br />

Spheric Pedal/<br />

AFD<br />

C608 SR<br />

Toe Cup<br />

Toe Height<br />

Adjustment<br />

Screw<br />

Visual Indicator<br />

G H<br />

Adjustment<br />

Screw<br />

Toe Length<br />

Adjustment<br />

Screw<br />

Color-coded adjustment range indicators<br />

Brake Arm<br />

Heel Housing<br />

Baseplate<br />

Lubrication<br />

Point*<br />

2004/2005 and later Synchro Center Systems use color-coded adjustment<br />

range indicators.<br />

Simply read the boot sole length in mm’s (stamped on the side of the boot<br />

sole) and move the toe to the corresponding mm length range position<br />

fig. G. Each range is individually color coded.<br />

Then move the heel to the correct color coded mm length mark shown on the<br />

heel track cover fig. H.<br />

Color coding makes it easier to read. For example: when the toe is positioned<br />

in the yellow (296 – 307 mm) range, look for the matching yellow rectangles<br />

(296 mm, 304 mm, 307 mm) on the heel track cover.<br />

Lines on the<br />

heel track<br />

300 to 303 mm Heel piece position for a boot<br />

sole length of 302 mm<br />

(white triangle on the heel housing)<br />

Toe piece position for a boot<br />

sole length of 302 mm


BIndIng<br />

BIndIng-TO-BOOT AdJuSTMEnTS<br />

Adjusting<br />

Toe Position<br />

A<br />

Synchro Center Models. Move<br />

the button on the front of the toe<br />

to the left, and slide the toe to the<br />

Synchro position indicated. Ensure<br />

the toe locks firmly in place. For<br />

Toe Height<br />

Automatic Models.<br />

Sport/Quadrax toes have automatic<br />

toe height adjustment.<br />

Heel Position / forward Pressure<br />

S D<br />

finger Adjustment Models.<br />

Lift the adjustment loop at the<br />

back of the heel and slide the<br />

heel forward to the Synchro position<br />

indicated or until the binding<br />

Toe Cup Width<br />

Automatic Wing Adjustment<br />

Models. Same as retail counterparts<br />

(see page 20).<br />

Independent Wing Adjustment<br />

Models. Same as retail counterparts<br />

(see page 20) or preset for<br />

Synchro systems using a preset<br />

toe width.*<br />

rental & demo > InStallatIon > 30<br />

S850 and other non-current SC<br />

models, push the toe back, depress<br />

the button on the left side<br />

of the toe, and slide the toe into<br />

position. fig. A The toe locks into<br />

Micrometric Models.<br />

Raise the toe by turning the adjustment<br />

screw, located on top of<br />

the toe piece counterclockwise.<br />

heel cup contacts the boot heel.<br />

fig. S Release the loop, push the<br />

boot down and check the forward<br />

pressure indicator. The silver tab<br />

should be visible in the housing<br />

Simultaneous Wing Adjustment<br />

Models. Same as retail counterparts<br />

(see page 20) or preset for<br />

Synchro systems using a preset<br />

toe width.*<br />

STEP 3<br />

place automatically. The adjustment<br />

is correct when the mid-sole<br />

mark on the ski is aligned with the<br />

mid-sole mark on the boot.<br />

Pull the boot back and continue to<br />

turn the adjustment screw counterclockwise<br />

until you see light<br />

between the boot sole and the<br />

window. fig. D It is not necessary<br />

to put the boot in the binding for<br />

Synchro applications.<br />

(see also page 19)<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

21 Release Value Selection &<br />

Adjustment<br />

31 Pre-Season Inspections<br />

binding AFD. Turn the screw clockwise<br />

until the gap is no more than<br />

0.5 mm or preset for Synchro systems<br />

using a preset toe height.*<br />

nOTE<br />

* Synchro Presets.<br />

Micrometric toe heights, independent<br />

and simultaneous wing<br />

adjustments can be preset using<br />

a Standard norm Boot Sole<br />

(page 49) for Synchro applications.<br />

A dab of silicone caulk can then be<br />

put into the slot of the adjustment<br />

screws to prevent tampering.


BIndIng<br />

rental & demo > adjuStmentS > 31<br />

RElEASE VAluE SElECTIOn & AdJuSTMEnT<br />

<strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Salomon</strong> Adjustment Chart<br />

All current <strong>Salomon</strong> rental bindings must be adjusted according to the <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Salomon</strong> Adjustment Chart. This is the only<br />

release adjustment chart authorized for <strong>Salomon</strong> bindings during the <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> season. For a detailed description of the charts<br />

and procedures recommended by <strong>Salomon</strong>, please refer to pages 21 & 22 of this <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

REnTAl VISuAl & MECHAnICAl InSPECTIOn<br />

The mechanical inspections discussed in this section are required of U.S. dealers and are strongly recommended for Canadian dealers, both<br />

in the interest of consumer protection and as a sound risk-management strategy. Maintenance records must be kept for all bindings and<br />

boots in inventory for both pre-season and in-season inspections. Only Pass/Fail results should be recorded. If bindings are switched from<br />

one pair of skis to another, this should be noted on the records. To receive indemnification from Amer Sports, maintenance records must be<br />

kept on file for five years or the statute of limitations in your state or province, whichever is longer.<br />

Rental Inspection Summary<br />

Since it is impractical to perform a<br />

full inspection each time a system<br />

is rented, a routine of preseason<br />

and inseason inspections has been<br />

Pre-Season Inspection<br />

Preseason inspections are performed<br />

on components of the<br />

release system: bindings and boots.<br />

All rental bindings, new and used,<br />

are visually inspected, and then<br />

tested using specially selected<br />

Reference Boots. Bindings that fail<br />

go through a troubleshooting proce-<br />

Inseason Inspection<br />

Inseason inspections are performed<br />

on complete rental systems to ensure<br />

that the equipment is adjusted appropriately<br />

and continues to function correctly.<br />

Typically 5% of the rental inventory<br />

is tested during each two weeks<br />

sampling period. The random sample<br />

is equally divided between equipment<br />

Important Terms<br />

Correction factor: The value that<br />

must be added or subtracted from the<br />

initial visual indicator setting to bring<br />

the test result within the Inspection<br />

Tolerance (or Inspection Range).<br />

developed to verify release indicator<br />

accuracy, confirm correct<br />

equipment function, and assure<br />

proper assembly and adjustment<br />

dure to identify and correct the deviation<br />

or malfunction. If this procedure<br />

does not correct the problem,<br />

the binding is removed from inventory.<br />

All rental boots, new and used,<br />

are visually inspected for damage,<br />

wear, contamination, broken or<br />

missing parts, or inferior materials<br />

that is available for rental and equipment<br />

that has just been rented. The<br />

equipment in the “as rented” category<br />

is from real skiers in the condition in<br />

which it is either dispatched or returned,<br />

while the “available for rental”<br />

equipment may be set up for fictitious<br />

skiers. Only single skis, not pairs, are<br />

directions of Release: Unless<br />

otherwise specified (see Inseason<br />

Inspection), the directions of release<br />

to be tested are forward lean and<br />

clockwise and counter clockwise<br />

in twist.<br />

procedures by the rental shop<br />

staff. Fully implemented, the procedures<br />

that follow provide rental<br />

shop customers a standard of care<br />

at contact points with the binding.<br />

In addition, one boot per “cell” is<br />

tested for boots that are new to the<br />

rental inventory. A cell is all boots<br />

of the same make, model, age, and<br />

shell size. A random selection of<br />

5% of all boots, previously accepted<br />

into inventory, is also tested. Tests<br />

tested, and testing at the toe is only<br />

required in one direction. A count is<br />

maintained of test results that exceed<br />

allowable limits. The magnitude and<br />

frequency of these deviations determines<br />

the frequency of future inspections.<br />

<strong>Shop</strong>s that fail an inspection<br />

must sample daily until the source of<br />

Test device: A device that meets ISO<br />

standard 11110 [or ASTM standard<br />

F1061] and has been checked and<br />

maintained in the manner specified by<br />

the device manufacturer.<br />

STEP 4 STEP 5 STEP 6<br />

equivalent to that provided retail<br />

shop customers under current ISO<br />

[and ASTM] standards.<br />

are performed with a test device and<br />

a pair of specially selected reference<br />

bindings. If a boot fails, all boots<br />

from that cell are then tested. Boots<br />

that fail and cannot be repaired are<br />

removed from inventory.<br />

the problem is found and corrected.<br />

Then, as inspection results improve,<br />

the frequency of sampling and inspection<br />

is relaxed.<br />

Test Result or Release Torque: The<br />

middle quantitative value of three<br />

tests made in the same direction.


BIndIng<br />

rental & demo > InSPectIon > 32<br />

REnTAl VISuAl & MECHAnICAl InSPECTIOn > (continued)<br />

Inspection Procedures<br />

Preseason Inspection<br />

Reference Boot Selection<br />

The Reference Boot is a boot of a<br />

designated sole length that is otherwise<br />

typical of the boot inventory.<br />

Use the procedure below if the boot<br />

inventory includes several models<br />

and a representative boot cannot be<br />

easily identified.<br />

1. Select five single boots with sole<br />

lengths as specified in Table A<br />

for the binding type to be tested:<br />

adult, junior, or child.<br />

2. Clean all five boots with a mild<br />

detergent and water.<br />

3. Adjust a rental binding to the release<br />

indicator setting specified<br />

in Table A for the binding type.<br />

4. Fit the binding to the boots and<br />

determine the Release Torque<br />

in all three directions of release<br />

(forward lean and both directions<br />

in twist).<br />

5. Average the Release Torque for<br />

CW and CCW twist release.<br />

6. Reject and replace any boot with<br />

a CW to CCW difference of more<br />

than 6 N·m for adult boots or<br />

4 N·m when testing child boot<br />

types.<br />

7. Rank the five twist results and<br />

select as the Reference Boot for<br />

twist, the middle boot.<br />

8. Rank the five forward lean results<br />

and select as the Reference<br />

Boot for forward lean, the middle<br />

boot.<br />

Preseason Binding Inspection<br />

The procedure that follows is an<br />

integral part of preseason maintenance.<br />

It is also a good way to determine<br />

if maintenance is adequate<br />

and which units have outlived their<br />

usefulness and must be removed<br />

from inventory.<br />

1. Clean areas of the bindings that<br />

contact the boot and perform<br />

all preseason binding maintenance.<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

23 Final Checking<br />

23 Test for Elastic Travel &<br />

Return<br />

24 Release Value Within<br />

Specified Range<br />

25 Troubleshooting<br />

49 Standard Boot Sole<br />

Dimensions<br />

2. Visually or manually check:<br />

• AFD condition.<br />

• Brakes function.<br />

• Release indicator readability<br />

and travel.<br />

• Screw tightness.<br />

• [other product specific inspections<br />

if required]<br />

3. Fit each binding to the<br />

Reference Boot and adjust the<br />

release indicators to the value<br />

in Table A.<br />

4. Check that the heel track and<br />

toe track code (if any) agree<br />

with the sole length code (if<br />

any) of the Reference Boot.<br />

5. With the Reference Boot in the<br />

binding, verify elastic travel of<br />

the toe piece by striking the<br />

boot toe with a mallet or dead<br />

hammer and checking that<br />

the toe piece returns the boot<br />

quickly and completely to center.<br />

6. Verify elastic travel of the heel<br />

piece by lifting the boot while<br />

depressing the heel piece cocking<br />

lever and checking that<br />

the heel piece returns the boot<br />

quickly and completely to the<br />

latched position. [other product<br />

specific procedures if required]<br />

7. <strong>Manual</strong>ly release the binding 3<br />

times in each direction.<br />

8. Lubricate all boot/binding interfaces<br />

with a mild liquid detergent<br />

and water solution.<br />

9. With the Ski Binding Test<br />

Device determine the Release<br />

Torque for each direction of<br />

release (forward lean and both<br />

directions in twist).<br />

10. Record “PASS” in the binding’s<br />

maintenance record if<br />

Test Results are within the<br />

Inspection Ranges provided in<br />

Table A.<br />

11. Set the ski aside if the Test<br />

Result in any directions of release<br />

is outside the Inspection<br />

Range in Table A.<br />

12. Follow Troubleshooting<br />

Procedure from the binding<br />

manufacturer’s tech manual for<br />

units that have been set aside<br />

and retest if changes in the<br />

unit’s condition or adjustment<br />

are made.<br />

13. Record “FAIL” in the binding’s<br />

maintenance record if, after<br />

troubleshooting, test results in<br />

any direction of release are outside<br />

the In-Use Range. Replace<br />

the “failed” unit and retest before<br />

returning the ski to service.<br />

14. If after troubleshooting,<br />

Test Results are outside the<br />

Inspection Range but within<br />

the In-Use Range, apply a<br />

Correction Factor to the unit<br />

and note the Correction Factor<br />

for that unit in the binding’s<br />

maintenance record.<br />

15. If many bindings fail, check the<br />

test device and re-inspect the<br />

Reference Boot. If necessary,<br />

select another boot and retest<br />

the bindings.<br />

Preseason Boot Preparation<br />

The procedure that follows is an<br />

integral part of preseason maintenance.<br />

1. Clean all boots with [a mild<br />

detergent and water], and repair<br />

or replace damaged or missing<br />

parts.<br />

2. Visually check:<br />

• Conformance with ISO and<br />

other applicable standards. If<br />

the boot contacts the binding,<br />

brake, or AFD in areas other<br />

than the designated contact<br />

points, it may be incompatible<br />

with the binding. [product<br />

specific figure or description]<br />

Table A : Preseason Binding Inspection*<br />

Skier<br />

Code<br />

Binding<br />

Type<br />

Sole<br />

Length<br />

(mm)<br />

Release<br />

Indicator<br />

Setting<br />

Reference Torque<br />

(N·m)<br />

Inspection Range<br />

(N·m)<br />

• Boot material. If the sole<br />

at the contact points with<br />

the binding or AFD can be<br />

scratched with a finger nail,<br />

the boot may be of inferior<br />

quality and incompatible with<br />

the binding.<br />

• Boot sole condition. If the<br />

boot sole is damaged, worn,<br />

or contaminated at contact<br />

points with the binding or AFD<br />

in a manner which can not be<br />

corrected, the boot may be<br />

incompatible with the binding.<br />

• Brake compatibility with sole.<br />

• Rubber and/or metal sole<br />

protectors. If such materials<br />

contact the binding or AFD<br />

the boot may be incompatible<br />

with the binding.<br />

• Mold flashings. Flashing<br />

which can be seen or felt at<br />

contact points with the binding,<br />

brake, or AFD must be<br />

carefully removed.<br />

3. Remove from inventory all<br />

boots that have failed the visual<br />

check.<br />

Preseason Boot Sampling<br />

Although sampling eliminates the<br />

need to test every boot before the<br />

season starts, the sample chosen<br />

must be representative of the<br />

inventory.<br />

1. For boots that are new to inventory<br />

or have never been inspected,<br />

take a single boot from<br />

each cell (a cell is all boots of<br />

the same make, model, year,<br />

and shell size).<br />

2. For used boots, take a 5% (but<br />

not less than 16 or more than<br />

80) random sample of the entire<br />

inventory. Make sure that<br />

there is at least one boot from<br />

each cell in the sample.<br />

In-Use Range<br />

(N·m)<br />

Twist Forward Lean Twist Forward Lean Twist Forward Lean<br />

F Children 258 2.0 20 75 17-23 64-87 14-27 52-102<br />

J Junior 306 4.5 43 141 37-50 141-194 31-58 120-229<br />

L Adult 327 6.0 58 229 50-67 194-271 43-78 165-320<br />

* This is an example only. Check the manufacturer’s tech manual before proceeding<br />

STEP 5 STEP 6


BIndIng<br />

rental & demo > InSPectIon > 33<br />

REnTAl VISuAl & MECHAnICAl InSPECTIOn > (continued)<br />

Inspection Procedures (continued)<br />

Preseason Boot Inspection<br />

The procedure that follows helps to<br />

assure both boot/binding compatibility<br />

and boot interchange ability.<br />

Note: when using Table A, in the<br />

Boot Inspection procedures that<br />

follow, the Sole Length and Release<br />

Indicator Setting columns should<br />

be ignored.<br />

1. Randomly select a pair of<br />

bindings that have passed the<br />

preseason inspection from each<br />

binding type; adult, junior, child.<br />

2. Lubricate all boot/binding contact<br />

points with a mild liquid<br />

detergent.<br />

3. Without regard to whether the<br />

boot is new or used, sort the<br />

sample by sole type and length<br />

Inseason Sampling And Inspection<br />

The Inseason Inspection is a test of<br />

complete systems and all the procedures<br />

used by the rental staff to<br />

assemble and adjust the system.<br />

The program uses random samples<br />

of rental inventory taken at routine<br />

intervals. Any sampling program<br />

that gives every unit of inventory<br />

the same chance as every other of<br />

being picked is valid.<br />

Sample frequency<br />

Random sampling is conducted<br />

throughout the entire season.<br />

Frequency is as follows:<br />

1. After 7 days of operation.<br />

2. If the sample passes, the next<br />

sampling is taken after another 7<br />

days of operation.<br />

3. If two consecutive samples pass,<br />

sampling frequency is increased<br />

to 14 days.<br />

4. If a sample fails at any time,<br />

daily sampling is instituted until<br />

two consecutive samples pass,<br />

at which point weekly sampling<br />

resumes.<br />

according to the 20mm Sole<br />

Length Categories defined by<br />

the binding manufacturer’s<br />

Release Value Selection.<br />

4. In each Sole Length Category<br />

rank the boots by sole length<br />

and select the middle boot.<br />

5. In each Sole Length Category fit<br />

the appropriate reference bindings<br />

to this “typical” boot and<br />

adjust the two bindings to release<br />

as close as practical to the<br />

Reference Torque in Table A.<br />

Use the Reference Torque corresponding<br />

to Skier Code [L]<br />

for the Adult binding, [J] for the<br />

Junior binding, and [J] for the<br />

Child binding.<br />

Sample Size<br />

Sample size is 5% of inventory but<br />

not less than 16 nor more than 80<br />

units as noted in Table B. Sample<br />

size is based on average daily output.<br />

If rental output drops below<br />

50% of capacity over the sampling<br />

period, the sample size can be reduced<br />

proportionately.<br />

Inseason Inspection<br />

1. Take a random sample of the<br />

rental inventory as determined<br />

by Table B. Take half the sample<br />

from inventory as it is either<br />

rented or returned and the remainder<br />

from inventory available<br />

for rental.<br />

2. Wipe the boot clean and cycle<br />

the boot/binding systems at<br />

least once in each direction.<br />

3. Test sample units in Twist (one<br />

direction only) and Forward Lean.<br />

4. Compare the Test Results with<br />

the Inspection Range for the appropriate<br />

Skier Code.<br />

5. If the results are within the<br />

Inspection Range, the unit passes.<br />

demo Inspections > Incomplete Systems<br />

Skis<br />

Bindings intended for demo applications,<br />

where customers supply<br />

their own boots, must be inspected<br />

using the procedures described<br />

for rental equipment. Whenever a<br />

demo or rental binding is used with<br />

a customer’s own boot, inspect the<br />

customer’s boot for Boot/Binding<br />

Compatibility as described on<br />

page 23. Reject any boots that fail<br />

visual inspection. Both boots of<br />

the pair must be inspected and the<br />

boot sole lengths of both boots<br />

verified.<br />

6. Rinse the lubricant from one<br />

binding and mark it “clean.”<br />

Mark the other “lubricated.”<br />

7. Test each boot in the Sole<br />

Length Category with the clean<br />

Reference Binding and then the<br />

lubricated Reference Binding<br />

in both twist and forward lean<br />

(only one direction in twist is<br />

required for the clean binding).<br />

8. Set aside any boots for which<br />

the lubricated Test Result is<br />

more than 20% less than the<br />

clean Test Result in the same<br />

direction of release or the lubricated<br />

Test Result, in any direction<br />

of release, is outside of the<br />

Inspection Range provided in<br />

Table A for the Skier Code used<br />

6. If the results are outside<br />

Inspection Range but within the<br />

In-Use Range, count the unit as<br />

a Class I Deviation.<br />

7. If the results are outside the In-<br />

Use Range, count the unit as a<br />

Class II Deviation.<br />

8. Check elastic travel and visually<br />

inspect the ski brake function,<br />

interface areas between boot<br />

and binding, including AFD, lug<br />

height adjustment (if appropriate),<br />

and forward pressure.<br />

Count any deficiencies as Class<br />

I Deviations.<br />

9. If more than the maximum<br />

number of Class I Deviations<br />

given in Table B are found in<br />

the sample, or a single Class II<br />

Deviation is detected the sample<br />

fails and daily sampling must<br />

be conducted until the problem<br />

that led to the failed sample<br />

is found and corrected. See<br />

the “Troubleshooting” chapter<br />

of the binding manufacturer’s<br />

Boots<br />

Whenever customers rent boots<br />

for use with their own skis, the<br />

customer’s binding system must<br />

be mechanically inspected (using<br />

the rental boot) according to<br />

procedures described for retail<br />

equipment.<br />

to set up the Reference Binding<br />

(L, J, or F).<br />

9. Repeat the Visual Check on all<br />

boots that have been set aside,<br />

correct any defects noted, and<br />

retest. Remove from inventory<br />

boots that fail the retest.<br />

10. Check all other boots from the<br />

same cell (make, model, year,<br />

and shell size) as those that<br />

failed.<br />

nOTE: On completion of the preseason<br />

inspection, clean the liquid<br />

detergent from the equipment (and<br />

lubricate the binding before returning<br />

it to service).<br />

technical manual following a<br />

failed Inseason Inspection.<br />

10. Record the date the sample<br />

was tested, the number of units<br />

tested, the number of Class I<br />

and Class II (or III) Deviations,<br />

whether the sample passed or<br />

failed and any actions taken.<br />

There is no need to record the<br />

identity of units tested or actual<br />

Test Results.<br />

Table B : Sample Size<br />

Inventory<br />

Size<br />

(Pairs)<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

STEP 5 STEP 6<br />

Sample<br />

Size<br />

(Units)<br />

Maximum<br />

Class I<br />

Deviations<br />

100 16 3<br />

200 20 4<br />

300 30 6<br />

400 40 8<br />

500 50 10<br />

600 60 12<br />

700 70 14<br />

800 80 16<br />

900 80 16<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

23 Final Checking<br />

23 Test for Elastic Travel &<br />

Return<br />

24 Release Value Within<br />

Specified Range<br />

25 Troubleshooting


BIndIng<br />

REnTAl VISuAl & MECHAnICAl InSPECTIOn > (continued)<br />

Maintenance Records<br />

SkI/BIndIng Maintenance Record<br />

rental & demo > InSPectIon > 34<br />

Invenory #: Ski Serial #: Binding Model:<br />

Date of Service/Inspection<br />

BOOT Maintenance Record<br />

Repairs/Service<br />

Performed Visual<br />

Inspection<br />

Correction Factors Left Ski Right Ski<br />

Left Right Twist<br />

Toe Heel Toe Heel<br />

Invenory #: Boot Model: Sole length:<br />

Date of<br />

Service/Inspection<br />

Norm Compatible<br />

Interchangeable<br />

All Adjustments/Parts<br />

Functionsl<br />

Repairs/Service<br />

Performed<br />

Forward<br />

Lean<br />

Twist<br />

Clean Test Lubricated Test<br />

Twist<br />

Forward<br />

Lean<br />

Twist<br />

STEP 5 STEP 6<br />

Forward<br />

Lean<br />

Forward<br />

Lean<br />

Technician’s<br />

Initials<br />

Legend: Clockwise Counter-clockwise<br />

Technician’s<br />

Initials<br />

Legend: Clockwise Counter-clockwise


BIndIng<br />

SkIER InSTRuCTIOn, WARnIng & RECORd kEEPIng<br />

Rental Skier Instrucion & Warning<br />

rental & demo > record keePIng > 35<br />

It is the Authorized Dealer’s responsibility to adequately assist each rental customer in equipment selection<br />

and to properly fit rental boots. Instructions regarding proper use of equipment must also be given at the<br />

time rental equipment is provided.<br />

When the Certified Technician<br />

signs or initials the Rental Form,<br />

the technician is attesting that all<br />

functional and instructional procedures<br />

have been completed. To<br />

reduce your shop’s liability risk and<br />

to receive indemnification from<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong>, you must take the following<br />

steps when the skier receives<br />

their equipment. (The individual<br />

picking up the equipment<br />

must be the intended user, or in<br />

the case of a minor, the user’s parent<br />

or guardian.)<br />

Rental Record keeping<br />

Proper rental record keeping is key to your shop’s risk management program. Without a properly filled out<br />

form, including a signed Liability Release Agreement, indemnification from Amer Sports will not apply.<br />

A Rental Form must be filled out<br />

for each rental transaction (exchange<br />

of equipment is considered<br />

to be a transaction). A Liability<br />

Release Agreement the same as<br />

or the equivalent to the <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

Liability Release Agreement must<br />

be included on the Rental Form.<br />

The skier must read, under stand,<br />

sign and date this release. A copy<br />

of the properly filled out Rental<br />

Form must be kept on file for five<br />

years or the statute of limitations<br />

of the state or province, whichever<br />

is longer. Multiple skier forms that<br />

allow each skier to read and sign<br />

the same form may be used if the<br />

form meets the requirements outlined<br />

in this section. It is recommended<br />

that the form be reviewed<br />

by Amer Sports’ Legal department<br />

prior to use. The person who signs<br />

the rental form must be the skier<br />

who is going to use the rental<br />

equipment. In the case of a minor<br />

skier, the signature on the form<br />

must be that of the skier’s parent<br />

or legal guardian.<br />

1. Show how to step into the binding.<br />

2. Show how to step out of the<br />

binding.<br />

3. Point out the visual indicator<br />

settings on the binding’s toe<br />

and heel pieces. The skier must<br />

verify that these settings agree<br />

with the settings recorded on<br />

the Rental Form.<br />

4. Ask the skier to read the<br />

Liability Release Agreement.<br />

Point out that the skier is signing<br />

a release that limits liabil-<br />

The following is a list of information<br />

that should be recorded for<br />

every rental transaction. It is not<br />

necessary to use a <strong>Salomon</strong> Rental<br />

Form, but any form that the shop<br />

uses must include the information*<br />

listed below. Without this<br />

information*, indemnification will<br />

not apply.<br />

1. *Rental dates.<br />

2. *Name and home address of<br />

the skier.<br />

3. Skier’s home phone number.<br />

4. Skier’s identification.<br />

5. *Skier’s height, weight, age,<br />

and skier type.<br />

6. *Boots' inventory number. (If<br />

the skier is using their own<br />

boots, the boot brand, model<br />

and sole length must be indicated<br />

on the Rental Form<br />

and the boot must pass visual<br />

examination.)<br />

7. *Skis' inventory number. (If<br />

the skier is using their own<br />

skis, the system would fall<br />

under Retail guidelines and a<br />

complete system inspection,<br />

ity. Included in this Liability<br />

Release Agreement is the<br />

specific warning that bindings<br />

will not release under all circumstances<br />

where release may<br />

prevent injury or death, nor is it<br />

possible to predict every situation<br />

in which they will release,<br />

and are, therefore, no guarantee<br />

of safety.<br />

5. The skier must understand that<br />

there are inherent and other<br />

risks in the sport of skiing.<br />

including a mechanical inspection,<br />

must be performed and<br />

documented on a Workshop<br />

Form.)<br />

8. *Visual Indicator Settings.<br />

9. *Amer Sports Certified<br />

Technician’s signature or initials<br />

attesting that all required<br />

procedures have been completed.<br />

10. Rental fee.<br />

11. *Liability Release Agreement<br />

that is either the same as, or<br />

the substantial equivalent of,<br />

the <strong>Salomon</strong> release. Consult<br />

your shop’s legal advisor to<br />

be sure the language and type<br />

size of this agreement conforms<br />

to state or provincial<br />

law. If a form other than the<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> form is used, the<br />

language shall accomplish<br />

the same purpose and have<br />

the same legal effect as the<br />

language contained in the<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> agreement.<br />

nOTE<br />

* On the <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Salomon</strong> Rental<br />

Form, the skier (or in the case of<br />

a minor, the skier’s parent or legal<br />

guardian) must sign and date the<br />

Liability Release Agreement.<br />

6. The skier* must then sign and<br />

date the Rental Form.<br />

7. The skier must be given a copy<br />

of the rental form that includes<br />

a signed copy of the Liability<br />

Release Agreement.<br />

12. *Skier’s signature (in the case<br />

of a minor skier, the signature<br />

on the form must be that<br />

of the skier’s parent or legal<br />

guardian) and date attesting<br />

that the skier:<br />

a. Has been instructed in the<br />

proper use of the equipment.<br />

b. Has verified that the visual<br />

indicator settings correspond<br />

to the recorded visual<br />

indicator settings.<br />

c. Has read and understands<br />

the Rental and Liability<br />

Release Agreement on the<br />

rental form, releasing the<br />

shop from liability.<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

23 Final Checking & System<br />

Inspection<br />

36 <strong>Salomon</strong> Rental Form<br />

36 Equipment Rental<br />

& Liability Release<br />

Agreement<br />

37 Post Accident Ski<br />

Equipment Inspection<br />

Report<br />

STEP 7


BIndIng<br />

SkIER InSTRuCTIOn, WARnIng & RECORd kEEPIng<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Rental form*<br />

Name:<br />

Street<br />

City<br />

Phone #<br />

Driver’s Lic.#<br />

nOTE<br />

* U.S. form shown. The Canadian<br />

equivalent to this form has bilingual<br />

content.<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

rental & demo > record keePIng > 36<br />

PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY<br />

(shaded areas for shop use only)<br />

EQUIPMENT RENTAL & LIABILITY RELEASE AGREEMENT<br />

I accept for use AS IS the equipment listed on this form, and accept full financial responsibility for the care of the equipment<br />

while it is in my possession. I will be responsible for the replacement at full value of any equipment rented under this form,<br />

but not returned to the rental facility. I agree to return all rental equipment by the agreed date.<br />

I understand that the binding system cannot guarantee the user’s safety. In downhill skiing, and skiboarding with skiboards<br />

equipped with release bindings, the binding system will not release at all times or under all circumstances where release<br />

may prevent injury or death, nor is it possible to predict every situation in which it will release. In snowboarding,<br />

cross-country skiing, skiboarding with skiboards equipped with non-release bindings, snowshoeing and other sports utilizing<br />

equipment with non-release bindings, the binding system will not ordinarily release during use; these bindings are not<br />

designed to release as a result of forces generated during ordinary operation.<br />

I understand that the sports of skiing, snowboarding, skiboarding, snowshoeing and other sports (collectively "RECREATIONAL<br />

SNOW SPORTS") involve inherent and other risks of INJURY and DEATH. I voluntarily agree to expressly assume all risks of<br />

injury or death that may result from these RECREATIONAL SNOW SPORTS, or which relate in any way to the use of this<br />

equipment.<br />

I understand that a helmet designed for RECREATIONAL SNOW SPORTS use will help reduce the risk of some types of<br />

injuries to the user at slower speeds. I recognize that serious injury or death can result from both low and high energy<br />

impacts, even when a helmet is worn.<br />

I AGREE TO RELEASE AND HOLD HARMLESS the equipment rental facility, its employees, owners, affiliates, agents, officers,<br />

directors, and the equipment manufacturers and distributors and their successors in interest (collectively "PROVIDERS"), from<br />

all liability for injury, death, property loss and damage which results from the equipment user’s participation in the<br />

RECREATIONAL SNOW SPORTS for which the equipment is provided, or which is related in any way to the use of this<br />

equipment, including all liability which results from the NEGLIGENCE of PROVIDERS, or any other person or cause.<br />

I further agree to defend and indemnify PROVIDERS for any loss or damage, including any that results from claims or<br />

lawsuits for personal injury, death, and property loss and damage related in any way to the use of this equipment.<br />

This agreement is governed by the applicable law of this state or province. If any provision of this agreement is determined<br />

to be unenforceable, all other provisions shall be given full force and effect.<br />

I THE UNDERSIGNED, HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS EQUIPMENT RENTAL & LIABILITY RELEASE AGREEMENT.<br />

35 Rental Skier Instruction &<br />

Warning<br />

PARTS<br />

Date<br />

Out:<br />

Last First<br />

M.I.<br />

State Zip<br />

Your Weight Lbs. Your Height ft. in. Age<br />

Acknowledgement of Personal Information & Equipment Instructions<br />

I have accurately represented the above listed information and it is true and correct. I will not use any of the equipment to b e provided to<br />

me during this transaction until I have received instruction on its use and function. I agree to verify that the visual indicat or settings to be<br />

recorded on this form for downhill ski equipment, and skiboards equipped with release bindings, agree with the number appearing in the<br />

visual indicator windows of the equipment to be listed on this form.<br />

Boot I.D.#<br />

Sole Length & Synchro # (Downhill Skiing):<br />

Ski/Board I.D.#<br />

Pole Code:<br />

Visual Indicator Settings Requested Settings<br />

Equipment Subtotal:<br />

L Toe<br />

L Heel<br />

R Toe L Toe<br />

R Heel L Heel<br />

R Toe<br />

R Heel<br />

Equipment Damage Protection:<br />

Total:<br />

Technician’s Signature:<br />

Reference # Item Name<br />

B1RSfM (U.S.) <strong>Salomon</strong> Rental Form<br />

B10019 (CAN) <strong>Salomon</strong> Rental Form<br />

Date<br />

Due:<br />

Snowboard<br />

Stance: (check one)<br />

Regular Goofy<br />

User’s Signature:<br />

Date:<br />

Parent/Guardian: If equipment user is a minor, I verify that I have the authority to enter into this agreement on behalf of the<br />

equipment user and I agree to be bound by all terms and conditions of this agreement.<br />

Parent/Guardian’s Signature:<br />

State<br />

Local Accommodations<br />

Equipment User’s Signature: Parent/Guardian Signature (if required):<br />

Total Rental Days:<br />

Downhill Skiing<br />

Indicate skier type<br />

Date:<br />

$<br />

$<br />

$<br />

T H<br />

STEP 7


BIndIng<br />

Post Accident Ski Equipment Inspection Report form<br />

rental & demo > record keePIng > 37<br />

SkIER InSTRuCTIOn, WARnIng & RECORd kEEPIng<br />

A Post Accident Ski Equipment Inspection Report Form the same as or equivalent to the form provided must be<br />

filled out if a person returns the equipment, whether the equipment is theirs or belongs to someone else, and<br />

claims that they or someone else were injured. The report must be completed with “as is” mechanical inspection<br />

measured release values. An insufficient or improperly completed form may cause denial of indemnification.<br />

Inspection Report Instructions<br />

general Information<br />

• All information should be printed<br />

clearly.<br />

• Any mistakes should be corrected<br />

and initialed.<br />

• If information is unknown, mark<br />

UNK in the appropriate area.<br />

• If information does not apply, mark<br />

N/A in the appropriate area.<br />

Skier Information Section<br />

• Skier information should be taken<br />

from the rental or workshop form.<br />

• Accident/injury information should<br />

be taken from the ski patrol accident<br />

report (if available).<br />

Equipment Information Section<br />

• Information should be taken from<br />

the visual inspection of equipment.<br />

Equipment Inspection/Tests<br />

Section<br />

• Refer to the most current <strong>Shop</strong><br />

<strong>Practice</strong>s <strong>Manual</strong> for Standard<br />

Boot Sole information.<br />

• Equipment inspections should be<br />

conducted on the equipment “as<br />

is”.<br />

• Inspection of binding adjustments<br />

should be in accordance<br />

with recommendations set forth in<br />

the most current <strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s<br />

<strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

• System visual inspections should<br />

be in accordance with recommendations<br />

set forth in the most current<br />

<strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

• Mechanical inspection tests should<br />

be conducted at room temperature.<br />

• The mechanical testing device<br />

should be properly calibrated and<br />

operated in the manner recommended<br />

by the device manufacturer.<br />

• Mechanical tests should be conducted<br />

on the equipment “as is”.<br />

• Test results should be recorded in<br />

Newton meters.<br />

facility/Personnel/Testing device<br />

Section<br />

• The “Inspection Technician” should<br />

be a current Amer Sports<br />

Certified Technician.<br />

• The report should be reviewed by<br />

the shop manager.<br />

Post Accident Ski Equipment<br />

Inspection Report<br />

Skier Information<br />

NAME<br />

HEIgHT<br />

InJuRy<br />

v WEIgHT<br />

RIgHT OR lEfT (circle one) v SkI AREA<br />

R l<br />

Equipment Information<br />

SkI MAkE<br />

SERIAl no.<br />

BOOT MAkE<br />

BOOT SOlE lEngTH in mm<br />

BIndIng MAkE<br />

v AgE<br />

v ACCIdEnT dATE<br />

v<br />

SEX (circle one)<br />

v<br />

SkIER TyPE (circle one)<br />

M f I II III -I III+<br />

v MOdEl<br />

v REnTAl I.d. no. (if applicable)<br />

v MOdEl<br />

v REnTAl I.d. no. (if applicable)<br />

v MOdEl<br />

TOE VISuAl IndICATOR (dIn) SCAlE<br />

v<br />

HEEl VISuAl IndICATOR (dIn) SCAlE<br />

to<br />

REnTAl fORWARd PRESSuRE (SynCHRO) SETTIng(S):<br />

to<br />

Equipment Inspection/Tests<br />

Right Ski/Binding/Boot left Ski/Binding/Boot<br />

n/A yES nO (check one) n/A yES nO (check one)<br />

Boot sole within Industry Norm Standards Boot sole within Industry Norm Standards<br />

All boot parts present, working correctly All boot parts present, working correctly<br />

AFD OK and intact AFD OK and intact<br />

Forward Pressure correct Forward Pressure correct<br />

Toe Height correct Toe Height correct<br />

Toe Wings set correctly Toe Wings set correctly<br />

Brake fully functional Brake fully functional<br />

Ski damaged (bent etc.) Ski damaged (bent etc.)<br />

System passes visual inspections System passes visual inspections<br />

Rental heel forward pressure setting correct Rental heel forward pressure setting correct<br />

VISuAl IndICATOR SETTIngS VISuAl IndICATOR SETTIngS<br />

Toe: Heel: Toe: Heel:<br />

ClOCkWISE TWIST MEASuREd RElEASE VAluES* ClOCkWISE TWIST MEASuREd RElEASE VAluES*<br />

I II III I II III<br />

COunTERClOCkWISE TWIST MEASuREd RElEASE VAluES* COunTERClOCkWISE TWIST MEASuREd RElEASE VAluES*<br />

I II III I II III<br />

fORWARd lEAn MEASuREd RElEASE VAluES* fORWARd lEAn MEASuREd RElEASE VAluES*<br />

I II III I II III<br />

* Record the number of results recommended by the manufacturer of the testing device. If not certain, record 3 values for each test.<br />

facility/Personnel/Testing device<br />

v lEngTH<br />

SHOP nAME v InSPECTIOn TECHnICIAn v dATE<br />

REPORT REVIEWEd By<br />

v dATE<br />

v TESTIng dEVICE BRAnd<br />

Workshop/Rental form no.<br />

v SIZE<br />

v MOdEl<br />

STEP 7


BIndIng<br />

MAInTEnAnCE<br />

And REPAIR<br />

All <strong>Salomon</strong> bindings have replaceable AFDs<br />

MAInTEnAnCE & REPAIR<br />

Retail & Rental guidelines<br />

Retail guidelines<br />

Rental guidelines<br />

maIntenance & rePaIr > 38<br />

Any incorrect use of a <strong>Salomon</strong> part or accessory or installation of a non-compatible brand accessory with a<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> system will automatically void both the warranty and indemnification for that system.<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> bindings require a minimum<br />

of maintenance to enhance<br />

performance and their useful life.<br />

They should be cleaned, inspected<br />

and lubricated prior to each season<br />

and every 30 skier days per season<br />

as follows:<br />

Proper maintenance of rental systems<br />

includes a complete inspection of the<br />

entire rental inventory prior to the ski<br />

season. Bindings should be cleaned,<br />

inspected and lubricated in the following<br />

manner:<br />

• Inspect all components of each<br />

set for damage or excessive wear.<br />

Repair or replace damaged or excessively<br />

worn parts and/or components.<br />

• Remove the heel by sliding the housing<br />

off the rear of the heeltrack*.<br />

Cants > Acceptable use<br />

• Inspect all components for damage<br />

or excessive wear. Repair or<br />

replace damaged or excessively<br />

worn parts and/or components.<br />

• Clean the exposed areas of the<br />

components with a cloth or rag.<br />

Wipe any dirt or grit from the<br />

binding housings, heel track and<br />

the region under the heel cup. Do<br />

• Clean the exposed areas of the components<br />

with a cloth or rag. Wipe<br />

any dirt or grit from the binding<br />

housings, heel track and the region<br />

under the heel cup. Do not use solvents<br />

or high pressure liquid cleaning<br />

systems to clean bindings.<br />

• Apply <strong>Salomon</strong> Grease (Ref.<br />

#000905) or the equivalent to the<br />

lubrication points indicated for each<br />

model. Do not use silicone or penetrating<br />

oils unless the lubricant is<br />

specifically approved.<br />

not use solvents or high pressure<br />

liquid cleaning systems to clean<br />

bindings.<br />

• Apply <strong>Salomon</strong> Grease (Ref.<br />

#000905) or the equivalent to the<br />

lubrica tion points indicated for the<br />

appropriate model. Do not use silicone<br />

or penetrating oils unless the<br />

lubricant is specifically approved.<br />

• Slide the heel back on the track.<br />

• This should be followed by periodic<br />

in-season inspections and when a<br />

binding looks particularly dirty or if<br />

visual inspection reveals that something<br />

may be wrong. This helps<br />

to ensure that all components are<br />

functioning correctly.<br />

Never attempt to interchange any SR,<br />

SC or retail toe baseplates or heel<br />

tracks with other model baseplates or<br />

heel tracks.<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> bindings should not be altered in any way except as explicitly outlined in this manual.<br />

The use of cants with <strong>Salomon</strong> bindings is acceptable, provided:<br />

• The cants are of a high grade material<br />

designed for this use.<br />

• The cants are installed in a professional<br />

manner.<br />

• Proper screw penetration into the<br />

ski meets current norms.<br />

• The cants do not impede the binding’s<br />

function as it was designed,<br />

including proper function of the<br />

brake.<br />

• Recommend to the skier that routine<br />

maintenance and inspections<br />

be performed by an Authorized<br />

Dealer. This will help ensure that<br />

any problem that may develop with<br />

the system can be detected and<br />

corrected by a trained technician.<br />

Rental Post Season Storage<br />

To prepare rental equipment for summer<br />

storage:<br />

• All binding visual indicator adjustments<br />

should be reduced to the lowest<br />

setting. Do not attempt to adjust<br />

the release setting below the lowest<br />

setting as damage may result.<br />

• The binding heels should be stored<br />

in the closed position.<br />

• The equipment should be stored in<br />

a cool, dry and ventilated area away<br />

from direct sunlight.<br />

nOTE<br />

* To remove heel pieces on tracks<br />

with heel locks, loosen the rear<br />

mounting screws at least three<br />

turns. Pull the heel piece back ward<br />

while lifting it up over the heel<br />

lock. To replace the heel pieces,<br />

follow the removal proce dure in reverse<br />

and tighten the rear mounting<br />

screws securely.<br />

Photo: Scott Markewitz


BIndIng<br />

Afd/SCP Replacement<br />

maIntenance & rePaIr > guIdelIneS > 39<br />

MAInTEnAnCE & REPAIR > (continued)<br />

T5, C5, and lZ 7-8-9 Anti friction Plate Replacement<br />

A S D F<br />

G<br />

Other Models<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Control Pedal Replacement<br />

SCP Reference numbers<br />

SCP Ref. n° Binding / System<br />

Z12 Ti, Z12, Z12 Ti SC,<br />

Z10 Ti Axe+, Z10 TI,<br />

78830101 Z10 FIS 20, Z10 Ti SC,<br />

Z10, 710 Ti, 710 SC,<br />

710, 710 ITF.<br />

78829401 Smartrak Prolink +914<br />

Smartrak Prolink &<br />

78829501 Smartrak Control+ Z14,<br />

Z12, Z10, 711<br />

Smartrak Prolink &<br />

78829601 Smartrak Control+ Z12<br />

Ti, Z10 Ti, 710 Ti<br />

JUNIOR<br />

JUNIOR<br />

1. Insert a 6-8 mm wide screwdriver<br />

at the front of the plate. fig. A<br />

2. Move over the screwdriver to<br />

eject the plate. fig. S<br />

3. Place the new plate and hand clip<br />

it. fig. D & F<br />

!<br />

H<br />

1. Dismount the toe piece from the interface or from the ski.<br />

2. Remove the AFD from the toe piece baseplate.<br />

3. Position the replacement AFD on the baseplate and press it into place.<br />

4. Remount the toe piece.<br />

All <strong>Salomon</strong> bindings have replaceable<br />

SCPs. The specific SCP item numbers<br />

can be found in the <strong>Salomon</strong> Spare<br />

Parts catalog (page 63), though some<br />

SCP Reference Numbers are listed in<br />

the chart below.<br />

Junior Performance Afd upgrade<br />

TZ 5, TZ 5 SC, TC45 bindings were<br />

developed to fit both adult and junior<br />

boot standards, and are delivered with<br />

a universal junior pedal which has<br />

been validated by dealers and the TÜV<br />

organization. <strong>Salomon</strong> also offers<br />

Replacement procedures for SCPs<br />

are as follows.<br />

for Toes mounted on Interfaces and<br />

Skis (Smartrak grip/grip Plus, SC,<br />

and ITf)<br />

1. Dismount the Toe piece from the<br />

Ski or The Interface by completely<br />

loosening the mounting screws.<br />

2. Dismount manually the SCP on<br />

the Toe piece.<br />

3. Take the new SCP and mount it<br />

manually under the Toe piece.<br />

4. Tighten the Toe piece on the ski or<br />

the Interface (4 N·m torque).<br />

a specific Junior Performance Afd<br />

(ref. 89267001) upgrade meant to<br />

increase slope performance for junior<br />

specialists, which can be exchanged<br />

with the universal one. nOTE: The replacement<br />

junior pedal (red) must be<br />

used only with junior boot standards.<br />

for Toes mounted on Smartrak<br />

Prolink/Control/Response<br />

1. Put the Toe Piece out the<br />

Interface.<br />

2. Dismount the Toe piece from the<br />

Set by completely loosening the<br />

mounting screws.<br />

3. Dismount manually the<br />

SCP+Stirrup on the toe piece.<br />

4. Take the new Set SCP+Stirrup and<br />

mount it manually under the Toe<br />

piece.<br />

5. Tighten the Toe piece on the<br />

Stirrup (4 N·m torque).<br />

fig. G Specifically, it may only be<br />

used with junior boots with a toe<br />

thickness of 16.5 +/- 1.5 mm.<br />

Caution: for models with elastic pedal<br />

(range 08), check the presence of the<br />

elastic block under the pedal. fig. H<br />

REfEREnCE<br />

Page # Section Name<br />

49 Standard Boot Sole<br />

Dimensions<br />

PARTS (see page 63)<br />

Reference # Item Name<br />

54834001 TZ 5/TZ 5 SC Universal AFD<br />

89267001 TZ 5/TZ 5 SC Junior AFD<br />

6. Remount the Toe piece on the<br />

Interface.


CERTIfICATIOn<br />

PROgRAM<br />

The technician who signs the Authorized Dealer’s<br />

workshop or rental form for any transaction must be<br />

currently certified<br />

TECHnICIAn CERTIfICATIOn EXAM<br />

<strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> Technician <strong>Certification</strong> Exam Questions<br />

1. A Post Accident Ski Equipment Inspection Report form:<br />

a) Is only necessary in the case of lower body injuries.<br />

b) Must be completed each time an accident is reported.<br />

c) Is a critical tool in defending liability claims.<br />

d) Answers b) and c).<br />

2. What is Skier Type?<br />

a) A classification system based on skiing preferences, not skier ability,<br />

and is the skiers responsibility to determine.<br />

b) The degree of skill a skier possesses.<br />

c) Unnecessary information.<br />

d) A person who enjoys skiing.<br />

3. If the mid-sole indicator on a <strong>Salomon</strong> jig and the mid-sole indicator on a<br />

boot do not agree, you should:<br />

a) Not install the binding.<br />

b) Leave the boot in the jig and use the mid-sole mark on the boot to<br />

position the jig on the ski.<br />

c) Use the mid-sole mark on the jig to position it on the ski.<br />

d) Position the jig by splitting the difference between the two marks.<br />

4. Indemnified Bindings are:<br />

a) Not something a technician needs to know about.<br />

b) The <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> models only.<br />

c) Any <strong>Salomon</strong> binding still in use.<br />

d) Those that appear on the <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> Schedule of Indemnified Bindings<br />

in the <strong>Salomon</strong> <strong>Shop</strong> <strong>Practice</strong>s <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />

5. Mechanical inspections of rental equipment:<br />

a) Are required pre-season .<br />

b) Are required periodically in-season.<br />

c) Ensure that all components are functioning properly.<br />

d) All of the above.<br />

6. A mechanical testing device:<br />

a) Requires properly trained technicians for consistent results.<br />

b) Gives consistent results even when it is operated incorrectly.<br />

c) Never needs re-calibration.<br />

d) Is only used in rental shops.<br />

certIfIcatIon > exam > 40<br />

do not write on this form. Indicate answers on the Registration form.<br />

A score of 90%, or 23 correct answers, must be obtained to pass. In addition, questions 12 to 25 are<br />

considered core questions and must be answered correctly.<br />

7. Workshop or Rental forms must:<br />

a) Be kept on file for 5 years or for the statute of limitations.<br />

b) Be used for every transaction.<br />

c) Be signed by the customer and the Certified Technician.<br />

d) All of the above.<br />

8. When adjusting the toe height on <strong>Salomon</strong> Quadrax bindings, you should:<br />

a) Check your adjustment with a <strong>Salomon</strong> toe height card.<br />

b) Use a <strong>Salomon</strong> adjustment tool for the toe height screw.<br />

c) Answers a) and b).<br />

d) None of the above; toe height adjustment is automatic.<br />

9. When a skier picks up their equipment from your shop make sure:<br />

a) They speak with the technician who did the installation/adjustment.<br />

b) You wish them luck.<br />

c) Someone explains the use of the equipment to them and provides<br />

them with signed copies of the Workshop/Rental Form and Liability<br />

Release Agreement.<br />

d) You only hand it over to the intended user.<br />

10. <strong>Salomon</strong> Technician <strong>Certification</strong>:<br />

a) Does not require that Certified Technicians be familiar with <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

Bindings through hands-on experience.<br />

b) Is valid whether or not the employer is an Authorized Alpine Binding<br />

Dealer.<br />

c) Never has to be renewed. Once you’ve past the exam.<br />

d) Is valid for 2 years from the exam date and may be transferred<br />

between Authorized Alpine Binding Dealers.<br />

11. When is the forward pressure correct on the ZZ lAB and STH 12, 14 & 16.<br />

a) When the boot is in the binding and the top of the head screw is<br />

aligned with the back of the heel track.<br />

b) There’s no need for adjustment it is automatic.<br />

c) Place boot in binding and center with mid boot mark.<br />

d) When the boot in the binding, adjust DIN number.<br />

Photo: Scott Markewitz


BIndIng<br />

certIfIcatIon > exam > 41<br />

TECHnICIAn CERTIfICATIOn EXAM > (continued)<br />

<strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> Technician <strong>Certification</strong> Exam Questions (continued)<br />

12. What should the initial visual indicator setting be for a 215 lb, 6’6”,<br />

Type III+ skier who is 26 years old and uses boots with a sole length of<br />

305 mm?<br />

a) Not possible to determine. b) 11<br />

c) 11.5 d) 12<br />

13. What should the visual indicator setting be for a skier who weighs 70 kg,<br />

height 153 cm, boot sole length 306 mm, skier Type II, age 59?<br />

a) 3 b) 3.5<br />

c) 4.5 d) 5.5<br />

14. Examples of <strong>Salomon</strong> bindings that may be used with both junior & adult<br />

boot sole norms are:<br />

a) STH 12 & STH 16<br />

b) 607 & 608<br />

c) L7 & C5<br />

d) You can’t use an adult norm sole with a <strong>Salomon</strong> junior binding.<br />

15. When mounting bindings, <strong>Salomon</strong>’s recommendation for tapping is:<br />

a) Always tap.<br />

b) Always tap unless the manufacturer cautions against it.<br />

c) Never tap. It’s too easy to damage the ski or break the tap.<br />

d) If you countersink the holes with the drill bit, there is no need to tap.<br />

16. Skiers requesting personal settings higher or lower than are indicated by<br />

the <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Salomon</strong> Adjustment Chart should:<br />

a) Be given the settings they want provided they sign a Requested<br />

Setting Release Agreement.<br />

b) Be instructed to adjust their bindings themselves.<br />

c) Be asked if they wish to identify themselves as Type III+ or Type -I and<br />

use the indicated settings.<br />

d) Answer a) or c).<br />

17. An eight year old is being fitted for her first pair of skis. She weighs<br />

42 lb. What Skier Code would you use to help determine the visual indicator<br />

setting of her bindings?<br />

a) Skier Code B<br />

b) Skier Code C<br />

c) Skier Code 1<br />

d) Skier Code 2<br />

18. If there are no manufacturer’s recommendations for drill bit selection<br />

you should:<br />

a) Drill the ski with the bit in your drill, you can’t go wrong.<br />

b) Use a 3.6 mm bit, you can always increase the torque on the screwshooter.<br />

c) Drill one hole with a 3.6 mm bit and check for metal before switching<br />

to a 4.1 mm bit.<br />

d) Always use a 4.1 mm bit, all mounting platforms contain metal.<br />

19. What is the correct maintenance procedure for <strong>Salomon</strong> binding?<br />

a) You may use any solvent or high pressure liquids to clean bindings.<br />

b) Cleaning all exposed area of the components with a cloth or rag,<br />

cleaning binding housing, heel tracks and apply grease.<br />

c) Bindings are self cleaning and do not need maintenance at any time.<br />

d) None of the above.<br />

20. A boot is considered incompatible with a <strong>Salomon</strong> binding if:<br />

a) It does not conform to Standard Boot Sole Dimensions.<br />

b) It does not pass visual inspection.<br />

c) There is more than a I mm difference in sole flatness across its width.<br />

d) All of the above.<br />

21. If the forward pressure indicators on the heel are not aligning properly<br />

you should:<br />

a) Ignore it if they are close.<br />

b) Make sure (adjustable) toe wings and toe height are correct.<br />

c) Remove the boot and move the heel forward or back to correct.<br />

d) Answers b) & c).<br />

22. When testing the toe for elastic travel and return, the boot should:<br />

a) Move slightly off center then release completely.<br />

b) Elastic travel only occurs while skiing and cannot be tested in the<br />

shop.<br />

c) Move off center at least 5 mm and return to within 2 mm of its original<br />

position.<br />

d) None of the above.<br />

23. A skier weighs 185 lb and measures 5’11” tall. He is a Type I skier who is<br />

51 years old. What is his Skier Code on the Chart?<br />

a) I b) J<br />

c) K d) L<br />

24. The <strong>Salomon</strong> guardian Binding is intended to be used:<br />

a) with alpine ski boots compliant with ISO 5355 Standard.<br />

b) with ski boots equipped with WTR Technology.<br />

c) with heels unlocked for more forward lean while skiing.<br />

d) Answers a) & b).<br />

25. you are testing a used boot-binding system on a mechanical testing<br />

device. The <strong>Salomon</strong> binding has a visual indicator setting of 5.5 and the<br />

boot sole is 307 mm long. What is the In-use Range for twist?<br />

a) 141 to 271 N·m<br />

b) 50 N·m<br />

c) 43 to 58 N·m<br />

d) 37 to 67 N·m<br />

On-line Registration Instructions<br />

Applying technicians must complete the <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Salomon</strong> on-line certification registration and test.<br />

A score of at least 90% (23 correct answers) must be achieved to pass the exam. Applying technicians are<br />

not certified until a passing score is achieved.<br />

• u.S. dealers will find the on-line certification<br />

registration and test at:<br />

http://www.salomoncertification.com<br />

• For the U.S., a $12 fee will be invoiced for<br />

each Registration and Exam submitted on line<br />

at www.salomoncertification.com<br />

• The U.S. fee is $20 for each Registration/<br />

Exam submitted by mail or fax to <strong>Salomon</strong>,<br />

or for technicians certified by any approved<br />

industry training program.<br />

Fax: (801) 334-4502<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> <strong>Certification</strong>/Customer Service<br />

Amer Sports Winter and Outdoor<br />

2030 Lincoln Ave<br />

Ogden, UT 84401<br />

• Canadian dealers will find the on-line<br />

certification registration and test at:<br />

http://www.salomonhookup.ca


BIndIng<br />

adjuStment chart > 42


BIndIng<br />

u.S. anSwer form > 43<br />

TECHnICIAn CERTIfICATIOn AnSWER fORM<br />

<strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> Technician <strong>Certification</strong> Answer form<br />

This form is for u.S. dealers only.<br />

Get all your certification needs<br />

at www.salomoncertification.com<br />

fees<br />

On line certification test: $12 Faxed or mailed test: $20<br />

Technician & Store Information<br />

EXAM DATE<br />

STORE ACCOUNT #<br />

SHOP PHONE #<br />

Instructions<br />

TECHNICIAN’S NAME (PRINT CLEARLY)<br />

STORE NAME<br />

STORE ADDRESS<br />

Please print clearly your information above and fax or mail your <strong>Certification</strong> Answers to (801) 334-4502.<br />

A score of 90%, or 23 correct answers, must be obtained to pass.<br />

In addition, questions 12 to 25 are considered core questions and must be answered correctly.<br />

Please circle your answer for each question.<br />

All answers must be clearly marked. Any partially circled answers could be marked incorrect.<br />

Answer Section<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

MAIl OR fAX TO:<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> <strong>Certification</strong>/Customer Service<br />

Amer Sports Winter and Outdoor<br />

2030 Lincoln Ave., Ogden, UT 84401<br />

Fax: (801) 334-4502<br />

Phone: 1 (800) 654-2668<br />

TECHNICIANS SIGNITURE SIGNITURE DATE<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d<br />

a b c d


AlPInE<br />

SkI<br />

Technical reference<br />

for the complete line<br />

of current <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

alpine skis<br />

Adult Ski length Selection<br />

for the <strong>Salomon</strong> skis, find the corresponding centimetre length for your weight.<br />

Add to that number any additional length from the boxes below according to your ability, aggressiveness, the snow conditions you ski most of the time and the kind of skis you want to choose.<br />

kg < 47 48 - 52 53 - 58 59 - 65 66 - 73 74 - 82 83 ><br />

Corresponding<br />

SkI lEngTH cm 140 cm 145 cm 150 cm 155 cm 160 cm 165 cm 170 cm<br />

+<br />

+<br />

+<br />

=<br />

1. BEgInnER<br />

You are skiing the first<br />

week (rental skis)<br />

- 10 cm<br />

discover first ski sensations<br />

SkI<br />

Most of the time on groomed piste or on hard snow conditions<br />

+ 0 cm<br />

3V Powerline /<br />

24 Hours / 24 daytona /<br />

24 Hours Powerline S5 /<br />

24 Hours Powerline S3 /<br />

Intense Black / Pure White<br />

- 1 cm<br />

2. InTERMEdIATE<br />

Able to ski most runs<br />

in good conditions<br />

- 5 cm<br />

Prefer moderate speeds<br />

WEIgHT<br />

lEVEl<br />

3. AdVAnCEd<br />

Able to ski all runs<br />

in good conditions<br />

+ 0 cm<br />

Prefer a variety of speeds<br />

TERRAIn<br />

kInd Of SkI<br />

SkI<br />

2V Race Powerline / Mustang / X-kart / 24 Hours Powerline lM /<br />

24 Hours Powerline S1 / 24 gT Pro / 24 Sport / Enduro / Rocker / Rocker2 /<br />

Czar / Shogun / / lord / knight / El dictator / Sentinel / Twenty Twelve /<br />

Pro Pipe / Suspect / Threat / geisha / lady / galaxy / Vamp /<br />

Origins Bamboo / Origins lava / Origins lime / Origins lagoon<br />

+ 4 cm<br />

TOTAl<br />

This total centimetre length is a guide, your preferred length will be the ski closest to the recommended total.<br />

4. EXPERT<br />

Able to ski on all runs<br />

in any conditions<br />

+ 5 cm<br />

Prefer high speeds<br />

Most of the time off piste or on soft snow conditions<br />

+ 5 cm<br />

SkI<br />

BBR<br />

5. SPECIAlIST<br />

Able to ski on all runs in<br />

changing conditions<br />

+ 10 cm<br />

Prefer highest speeds<br />

+ 5 to 10 cm<br />

44<br />

Photo: Scott Markewitz


AlPInE SkI<br />

Junior Ski length Selection<br />

Ski length (and binding) according to weight and height of children*<br />

Approx.<br />

Age<br />

of Child<br />

fR Enduro 800 Jr<br />

XS 127236<br />

3 to 7<br />

fR Candy Jr XS 127244 years old<br />

fR Mini-kart XS 127228<br />

E Enduro 800 Jr S<br />

127234<br />

E Candy Jr S 127242<br />

E Mini-kart S 127226<br />

E Enduro 800 Jr M<br />

127232 (L7) / 129774 (C5)<br />

E Candy Jr M<br />

127240 (L7) / 129775 (C5)<br />

E Mini-kart M<br />

127224 (L7) / 129773 (C5)<br />

E Enduro 800 Jr l<br />

127230<br />

E Candy Jr l 127238<br />

E Mini-kart l 127222<br />

n SHOgun Jr 127245<br />

n Maï Taï Jr 127246<br />

3 to 7<br />

years old<br />

6 to 10<br />

years old<br />

8 to 15<br />

years old<br />

6 to 12<br />

years old<br />

drill Bit Selection for <strong>Salomon</strong> Skis<br />

technIcal featureS > 45<br />

Ski Model Ski Size Drill Bit Diameter Tapping Glue* Torque<br />

Equipe T, XW Fury Junior,<br />

Jade Junior, Shogun Junior,<br />

Mai Tai Junior<br />

< 140 cm<br />

>= 140 cm<br />

3,6 mm<br />

4,1 mm<br />

(only for skis with metal)<br />

No No<br />

3 Nm (for these skis, use a hand screwdriver<br />

only to tighten the screws on the bindings.)<br />

All other models<br />

(except those above)<br />

All sizes<br />

4,1 mm<br />

(only for skis with metal) No<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> glue<br />

4 Nm<br />

or epoxy<br />

*Place a drop of glue on the surface of each hole.<br />

Mounting Warning<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> does not recommend that any binding outside industry standards be mounted on any <strong>Salomon</strong> ski.<br />

Recommendations for use of Skis According to the Mass of Skier<br />

To guarantee the sufficient parameters<br />

of safety (i.e. the resistance of<br />

the screws to wrench), skiers must<br />

use skis, according to groups 1 to 4<br />

(see table), corresponding with their<br />

weight**.<br />

Child Height 85 to 95 cm 95 to 105 cm 105 to 115 cm 115 to 125 cm 125 to 135 cm 135 to 145 cm 145 to 155 cm 155 to 165 cm 165 to 175 cm<br />

Child Weight* 10 to 14 kg 14 to 18 kg 18 to 22 kg 22 to 26 kg 26 to 30 kg 30 to 37 kg 37 to 45 kg 45 to 55 kg 55 to 65 kg<br />

Skiing<br />

Aptitude<br />

Beginner<br />

Intermediate<br />

Good<br />

Beginner<br />

Intermediate<br />

Good<br />

Beginner<br />

Intermediate<br />

Good<br />

Beginner<br />

Intermediate<br />

Good<br />

Beginner<br />

Intermediate<br />

Good<br />

70 cm<br />

FR C5 SR<br />

80 cm<br />

FR C5 SR<br />

80 cm<br />

FR C5 SR<br />

90 cm<br />

E C5<br />

Group of Ski Skier Weight (kg)<br />

1 greater than 65 kg<br />

1, 2 65 kg or less<br />

1, 2, 3 45 kg or less<br />

(1, 2) 3, 4 25 kg or less<br />

**Extract from NF ISO 8364 June 2007<br />

90 cm<br />

E C5<br />

100 cm<br />

E C5<br />

110 cm<br />

N T5<br />

100 cm<br />

E C5<br />

110 cm<br />

E C5<br />

120 cm<br />

E C5<br />

110 cm<br />

N T5<br />

120 cm<br />

N T5<br />

110 cm<br />

E C5<br />

120 cm<br />

E C5<br />

130 cm<br />

E L7<br />

110 cm<br />

N T5<br />

120 cm<br />

N T5<br />

130 cm<br />

N L7<br />

120 cm<br />

E C5<br />

130 cm<br />

E L7<br />

140 cm<br />

E L7<br />

120 cm<br />

N T5<br />

130 cm<br />

N L7<br />

140 cm<br />

N L7<br />

130 cm<br />

E L7<br />

140 cm<br />

E L7<br />

150 cm<br />

E L7<br />

130 cm<br />

N L7<br />

140 cm<br />

N L7<br />

140 cm<br />

E L7<br />

150 cm<br />

E L7<br />

Example for Shogun Junior: a 6-year-old child weighing 25 kg (and measuring 120 cm), skiing at an intermediate level, must choose a 110 cm ski with a “nT 5” binding.<br />

*If weight is over 45 kg (142 Ibs), SALOMON strongly recommend to use an ADULT ski.<br />

140 cm<br />

N L7<br />

150 cm<br />

L7


AlPInE SkI<br />

technIcal featureS > 46<br />

TECHnICAl RECAP Measurements Option Construction & Core Reinforcement Edges Specific features<br />

Ref. and Commercial designation<br />

V-SHAPE SkIS<br />

RACIng<br />

length (cm)<br />

Tip (mm)<br />

Sidecuts<br />

170 144 97 108 20 760 1800<br />

N BBR 10.0 Black/<br />

Green/Br<br />

177 145 97 110 20 800 1900<br />

325592<br />

184 145 97 110 22 830 2100<br />

191 147 97 113 22 890 2200<br />

N BBR 8.9 Blue/<br />

Brown<br />

N BBR 8.9 D Blue/<br />

Brown<br />

Waist (mm)<br />

Tail (mm)<br />

Radius (mm)<br />

Midsole (mm)<br />

Weight (g) per 1/2 pair<br />

166 147 88 110 11.5 740 1600<br />

127260 176 147 88 110 12.5 760 1800<br />

186 147 88 110 13.5 836 2000<br />

166 147 88 110 11.5 740 1600<br />

327185 176 147 88 110 12.5 760 1800<br />

186 147 88 110 13.5 836 2000<br />

149 132 79 96 10.9 660 1400<br />

N BBR 8.0 Brown/<br />

Blue<br />

159 136 79 98 11.7 701 1500<br />

325593<br />

169 140 79 102 11.5 742 1640<br />

179 144 79 106 11.7 784 1840<br />

On PISTE SkIS<br />

Ski Technical Reference Chart<br />

RACIng<br />

145 123.5 75 89 11.4 638 1580<br />

H BBR 7.5<br />

+ KZ10 B80 Bk/Bl<br />

155 125.5 75 91 12.4 688 1710<br />

325595<br />

165 127.5 75 93 13.5 737 1890<br />

175 131 75 95 14.2 787 2100<br />

N BBR Sunlite<br />

CORAIL<br />

E BBR Skylite<br />

+ E L9 B80 L<br />

149 130 79 95 11.5 660 1200<br />

325603 159 133 79 98 11.5 710 1300<br />

169 135 79 101 11.5 770 1450<br />

140 126 74<br />

325597 150 127 74<br />

160 128 74<br />

89 10.4 619 1470<br />

91 11.5 663 1560<br />

93 12.6 712 1680<br />

S 2V Race<br />

Pwline+SZ14 Speed 326745<br />

164 112 68 98 16.0 680 2350 49.5<br />

171 112 68 98 17.0 721 2420 50.2<br />

178 112 68 98 18.0 752 2490 51.0<br />

185 112 68 98 19.0 783 2560 51.8<br />

S 3V Race<br />

Pwline+SZ14 Speed 326747<br />

155 117 67 102 11.2 638 2470 44.4<br />

160 118 67 102 12.0 663 2570 45.0<br />

165 119 67 102 12.5 690 2670 45.6<br />

170 120 67 102 13.2 720 2790 46.2<br />

24 HOuRS<br />

All-MOunTAIn SkIS<br />

EnduRO<br />

154 119 70 99 12.1 645 2070 47.4<br />

S 24 Mustang<br />

+ SZ12 Speed<br />

162 119 71 101 13.6 687 2150 48.3<br />

327516<br />

170 119 72 103 15.1 730 2250 49.2<br />

178 119 73 105 16.8 774 2350 50.1<br />

150 122 69 104 9.7 641 1770 44.7 100<br />

K 24 X-Kart<br />

+ KZ12 B80 Bk<br />

157 122 70 105 10.9 678 1850 45.6 100<br />

326749<br />

164 122 71 106 12.1 717 1930 46.4 100<br />

171 122 72 107 13.6 756 2010 47.1 100<br />

154 119 70 99 12.1 645 1900 47.4<br />

K 24 Hours<br />

+ KZ12 B80 White<br />

162 119 71 101 13.6 687 1980 48.3<br />

327518<br />

170 119 72 103 15.1 730 2080 49.2<br />

178 119 73 105 16.8 774 2180 50.1<br />

K 24 Daytona<br />

+ KZ10 B80 Bl<br />

148 119 69 101 10.4 611 1720 46.0<br />

155 119 70 102 11.7 648 1790 45.8<br />

326751 162 119 71 103 13.1 686 1860 47.5<br />

169 119 72 104 14.6 725 1930 48.3<br />

176 119 73 105 16.3 765 2000 49.0<br />

146 124 71 105 9.43 618 1580<br />

K 24 S-Kart<br />

+ KZ10 B80 Bk<br />

154 124 72 106 10.64 659 1740<br />

310079<br />

162 124 73 107 11.98 702 1900<br />

170 124 74 108 13.46 746 2060<br />

146 124 71 105 9.43 618 1560<br />

H 24 G-Kart<br />

+ JL10 B80 Wi<br />

154 124 72 106 10.64 659 1720<br />

310081<br />

162 124 73 107 11.98 702 1880<br />

170 124 74 108 13.46 746 2040<br />

163 127 82 109 14.0 702 2130 45.0 260<br />

K Enduro XT 850<br />

+ KZ12 B90<br />

170 127 83 110 15.6 740 2230 45.8 270<br />

326753<br />

177 127 84 111 17.4 780 2330 46.4 280<br />

184 127 85 112 19.3 820 2430 47.0 290<br />

163 127 82 109 14.0 702 1850 15.0 260<br />

N Enduro XT 850<br />

Bk/Orange<br />

170 127 83 110 15.7 740 1950 15.8 270<br />

326755<br />

177 127 84 111 17.4 780 2050 16.4 280<br />

184 127 85 112 19.3 820 2150 17.0 290<br />

K Enduro XT 800<br />

+ KZ12 B80<br />

154 125 77 105 11.7 655 1930 44.0 250<br />

161 125 78 106 13.1 693 2010 44.6 260<br />

326756 168 125 79 107 14.6 731 2090 45.2 270<br />

175 125 80 108 16.3 771 2170 45.8 280<br />

182 125 81 109 18.0 811 2250 46.4 290<br />

N Enduro XT 800<br />

Wi/Yl/Br<br />

154 125 77 105 11.0 655 1650 14.0 250<br />

161 125 78 106 12.2 693 1730 14.6 260<br />

326758 168 125 79 107 14.6 731 1810 15.2 270<br />

175 125 80 108 16.3 771 1890 15.8 280<br />

182 125 81 109 18.0 811 1970 16.4 290<br />

147 125 76 104 10.4 617 1935<br />

154 125 77 105 11.7 655 2005<br />

K Enduro RXT 800<br />

310049 161 125 78 106 13.1 693 2075<br />

+ Z12 B80<br />

168 125 79 107 14.6 731 2145<br />

175 125 80 108 16.2 771 2215<br />

144 123 72 101 9.5 604 1746<br />

152 123 73 102 10.9 646 1826<br />

K Enduro RXT 750<br />

310053 160 123 74 103 12.4 688 1906<br />

+ KZ10 B8<br />

168 123 75 104 14.1 731 2016<br />

176 123 76 105 15.8 775 2066<br />

Thickness<br />

Rocker Shape (mm)<br />

240<br />

250<br />

260<br />

270<br />

280<br />

240<br />

250<br />

260<br />

270<br />

280<br />

Binding<br />

System<br />

Sandwich Sidewalls<br />

Monocoque<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

Semi<br />

Z10 Lightrak •<br />

Semi<br />

L9 Easytrak Lifter •<br />

Z14 Speed Speed<br />

Z14 Speed Speed<br />

Z12 Speed Speed •<br />

Z12 Protrak •<br />

Z12 Protrak •<br />

Z10 Protrak •<br />

3D Race<br />

3D Race<br />

Z10 Smartrak •<br />

L10 Lightrak •<br />

Z12 Protrak •<br />

•<br />

Z12 Protrak •<br />

Z12 Protrak<br />

•<br />

Double<br />

Z10 Protrak •<br />

Twintip<br />

Woodcore<br />

light density Core<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

•<br />

Full/Race<br />

Full/Race<br />

Full/Race<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

•<br />

•<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

•<br />

•<br />

LDC<br />

Composite<br />

Powerline<br />

CC<br />

Race<br />

Race<br />

Titanium<br />

Titanium<br />

Carve<br />

Titanium<br />

Magnesium<br />

CC<br />

Alium<br />

Magnesium<br />

Carve<br />

Rocker<br />

Early Rise Tail<br />

Carve<br />

All-Mtn<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Mtn<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Mtn<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Mtn<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Mtn<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Mtn<br />

All-Terr.<br />

Bamboo layer<br />

Basalt layer<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

Metal Backbone<br />

3d Race frame<br />

Metal<br />

Ti laminate<br />

Wide edges<br />

Total edge reinforcement<br />

Dbl/400<br />

Dbl/500<br />

Dbl/500<br />

3D/Carbon<br />

Dbl/500<br />

3D<br />

Dbl/400<br />

3D<br />

Dbl/400<br />

3D<br />

Single<br />

Single<br />

Dbl/400<br />

Dbl/400<br />

Dbl/400<br />

Dbl/400<br />

Dbl/400<br />

Dbl/400<br />

TER<br />

TER<br />

TER<br />

TER<br />

TER<br />

TER<br />

TER<br />

TER<br />

TER<br />

TER<br />

TER<br />

TER<br />

Edge armor<br />

Waist<br />

Width<br />

Chassis (mm)<br />

Body (mm)<br />

XL (85)<br />

XL (85)<br />

L (79)<br />

L (79)<br />

L (79)<br />

M (75)<br />

Other<br />

V-Shape; Oversized Pulse Pad; Semi<br />

Twin Tip Tail<br />

V-Shape; Oversized Pulse Pad; Semi<br />

Twin Tip Tail<br />

V-Shape; Oversized Pulse Pad; Semi Twin<br />

Tip Tail; Reinforced Structured Top Sheet;<br />

Tip Protector<br />

V-Shape; Oversized Pulse Pad; Semi<br />

Twin Tip Tail<br />

V-Shape; Oversized Pulse Pad; Semi<br />

Twin Tip Tail<br />

V-Shape; Oversized Pulse Pad; Semi Twin<br />

Tip Tail; W Progressive Tail; W Longboard<br />

Tip Shape<br />

V-Shape; Oversized Pulse Pad; Semi Twin<br />

Tip Tail; W Progressive Tail; W Longboard<br />

Tip Shape; W Specialized Mounting Zone<br />

Race Base Finish; Pulse Pad; Tip Protector<br />

Race Base Finish; Pulse Pad; Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; Semi Twin Tip Tail; Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; Tip Protector<br />

Oversized Pulse Pad; Square Tail; Tip<br />

Protector<br />

Extended Transfer Plateform; Oversized<br />

Pulse Pad; Square Tail; Tip Protector<br />

Oversized Pulse Pad; Square Tail; Tip<br />

Protector<br />

Extended Transfer Plateform; Oversized<br />

Pulse Pad; Square Tail; Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; Square Tail; Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; Square Tail; Tip Protector


AlPInE SkI<br />

technIcal reference > 47<br />

TECHnICAl RECAP Measurements Option Construction & Core Reinforcement Edges Specific features<br />

Ref. and Commercial designation<br />

All-MOunTAIn SkIS<br />

EnduRO<br />

K Enduro LX 800<br />

+ KZ10 B80<br />

length (cm)<br />

Tip (mm)<br />

Sidecuts<br />

Waist (mm)<br />

Tail (mm)<br />

Radius (mm)<br />

Midsole (mm)<br />

Weight (g) per 1/2 pair<br />

147 125 76 104 10.4 617 1875<br />

154 125 77 105 11.7 655 1945<br />

326759 161 125 78 106 13.1 693 2015<br />

168 125 79 107 14.6 731 2085<br />

175 125 80 108 16.2 771 2155<br />

H Enduro LX 750<br />

+ JL10 B80<br />

144 123 72 101 9.5 604 1726<br />

152 123 73 102 10.9 646 1806<br />

326761 160 123 74 103 12.4 688 1886<br />

168 123 75 104 14.1 731 1966<br />

176 123 76 105 15.8 775 2046<br />

fREESkI SkIS<br />

BACkCOunTRy ROCkER2 WOMEn SkIS<br />

Ski Technical Reference Chart (continued)<br />

PARk & PIPE<br />

All-MOunTAIn<br />

H Enduro L 750<br />

+ JL10 B80<br />

144 123 72 101 9.5 604 1726<br />

152 123 73 102 10.9 646 1806<br />

326720 160 123 74 103 12.4 688 1886<br />

168 123 75 104 14.1 731 1966<br />

176 123 76 105 15.8 775 2046<br />

N Rocker² 122<br />

Black/Wi/Pu<br />

N Rocker² 115<br />

White/Bk/Gr<br />

N Rocker² 115 Lt.<br />

Wi/Bk/Gr<br />

N Rocker² 108<br />

Black/Bl/Rd<br />

N Shogun 100<br />

Green/Bk/Wi<br />

N Rocker² 92 Black/<br />

Wi/Bl<br />

170 137 115 127 20.3 790 2100<br />

180 139 115 129 20.3 840 2250<br />

310082<br />

184 142 122 132 26.0 850 2420<br />

192 144 122 134 26.0 900 2525<br />

168 139 111 131 14.0 779 1950<br />

310087 178 139 113 131 16.4 824 2120<br />

188 139 115 131 21.0 877 2280<br />

168 139 111 131 14.0 779 0<br />

326886 178 139 113 131 16.4 824 0<br />

188 139 115 131 21.0 877 0<br />

166 128 108 121 18.3 795 1830<br />

174 130 108 123 18.7 835 1930<br />

310090<br />

182 132 108 125 19.2 875 2190<br />

190 137 111 130 19.7 915 2440<br />

164 126 97 116 20.6 721 1852<br />

173 128 99 118 23.1 756 1644<br />

325649<br />

182 130 101 120 25.9 800 2040<br />

191 132 103 122 28.7 840 2140<br />

158 123 91 116 15.5 778 1630<br />

163 123 91 116 17.6 803 1710<br />

310091 171 123 91 116 19.7 843 1870<br />

179 123 91 116 21.9 882 1940<br />

186 123 91 116 23.9 917 2050<br />

161 130 87 115 13.6 693 1400<br />

N Rocker² 90 Black/ 169 130 88 116 15.5 735 1510<br />

310092<br />

Wi/Rd<br />

177 130 89 117 17.4 777 1640<br />

185 130 90 118 19.5 820 1800<br />

161 130 87 115 13.6 693 1280<br />

N Rocker² 90 Lt.<br />

Bk/Wi/Rd<br />

169 130 88 116 15.5 735 1390<br />

326887<br />

177 130 89 117 17.4 777 1520<br />

185 130 90 118 19.5 820 1680<br />

151 122 86 115 13.0 692 1560<br />

161 122 86 115 15.1 742 1650<br />

N Suspect Orange/<br />

326763 171 122 86 115 17.3 792 1740<br />

BLACK/Bl<br />

176 122 86 115 18.5 817 1790<br />

181 122 86 115 19.7 842 1840<br />

N Threat White/<br />

Black/Green<br />

141 122 85 112 14.0 661 1285<br />

151 122 85 112 14.2 708 1560<br />

326764 161 122 85 112 16.3 733 1660<br />

171 122 85 112 18.5 813 1760<br />

176 122 85 112 19.6 844 1800<br />

143 123 72 101 9.5 612 1786<br />

H Origins Bamboo 151 123 73 102 10.9 654 1866<br />

310096<br />

+ KZ10 Ti<br />

159 123 74 103 12.4 696 1946<br />

167 123 75 104 14.1 739 2026<br />

143 123 72 101 9.5 612 1716<br />

E Origins Lava<br />

+ EL9 B80 B<br />

151 123 73 102 10.9 654 1796<br />

310098<br />

159 123 74 103 12.4 696 1876<br />

167 123 75 104 14.1 739 1956<br />

143 123 72 101 9.5 612 1716<br />

E Pure White<br />

+ EL9 B80 Wi<br />

151 123 73 102 10.9 654 1796<br />

310100<br />

159 123 74 103 12.4 696 1876<br />

167 123 75 104 14.1 739 1956<br />

143 123 72 101 9.5 612 1716<br />

E Origins Lagoon<br />

+ EL9 B80<br />

151 123 73 102 10.9 654 1796<br />

310102<br />

159 123 74 103 12.4 696 1876<br />

167 123 75 104 14.1 739 1956<br />

156 123 105 116 18.0 755 1690<br />

N Rockette 115 Wi/ 164 128 108 121 18.3 795 1830<br />

325566<br />

Rd/Pink<br />

170 137 115 127 20.3 790 2100<br />

178 139 115 129 20.3 840 2250<br />

BACkCOunTRy<br />

N Geisha 100<br />

White/Gr/Br<br />

N Rockette 92<br />

White/Bk/Gr<br />

N Rockette 90<br />

White/Bk/Pu<br />

153 124 95 114 18.5 681 1640<br />

325567 164 126 97 116 20.6 721 1852<br />

173 128 99 118 23.1 756 1944<br />

156 123 91 116 15.5 778 1630<br />

325568 161 123 91 116 17.6 803 1710<br />

169 123 91 116 19.7 843 1870<br />

153 130 86 114 11.9 653 1300<br />

325569 161 130 87 115 13.6 693 1400<br />

169 130 88 116 15.5 735 1510<br />

Thickness<br />

Rocker Shape (mm)<br />

240<br />

250<br />

260<br />

270<br />

280<br />

240<br />

250<br />

260<br />

270<br />

280<br />

240<br />

250<br />

260<br />

270<br />

280<br />

490<br />

510<br />

510<br />

530<br />

410<br />

460<br />

510<br />

410<br />

460<br />

510<br />

470<br />

490<br />

510<br />

530<br />

250<br />

300<br />

350<br />

400<br />

475<br />

500<br />

525<br />

550<br />

575<br />

255<br />

270<br />

285<br />

300<br />

255<br />

270<br />

285<br />

300<br />

240<br />

250<br />

260<br />

270<br />

240<br />

250<br />

260<br />

270<br />

240<br />

250<br />

260<br />

270<br />

240<br />

250<br />

260<br />

270<br />

450<br />

470<br />

490<br />

510<br />

200<br />

250<br />

300<br />

475<br />

500<br />

525<br />

240<br />

255<br />

270<br />

Binding<br />

System<br />

Sandwich Sidewalls<br />

Monocoque<br />

Z10 Smartrak •<br />

L10 Lightrak •<br />

L10 Lightrak •<br />

Z10 Ti Lightrak<br />

L9 Easytrak Lifter<br />

•<br />

Semi<br />

Semi<br />

•<br />

Edgy<br />

Edgy<br />

Edgy<br />

Edgy<br />

Edgy<br />

Edgy<br />

TT<br />

Double<br />

Double<br />

L9 Easytrak Lifter •<br />

L9 Easytrak •<br />

•<br />

Semi<br />

Edgy<br />

Edgy<br />

Twintip<br />

Woodcore<br />

light density Core<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

TT<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

TT<br />

Full<br />

•<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

TT<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

LDC<br />

LDC<br />

Composite<br />

Powerline<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

All-Mtn<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Mtn<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Mtn<br />

All-Terr.<br />

Rocker<br />

Early Rise Tail<br />

Twin<br />

Twin<br />

•<br />

Twin<br />

•<br />

Twin<br />

All-Terr.<br />

Twin<br />

All-Terr.<br />

•<br />

All-Terr.<br />

•<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Mtn<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Terr.<br />

Twin<br />

All-Terr.<br />

Twin<br />

All-Terr.<br />

•<br />

Bamboo layer<br />

Basalt layer<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

•<br />

Metal Backbone<br />

3d Race frame<br />

Ti laminate<br />

Wide edges<br />

Total edge reinforcement<br />

Single<br />

Single<br />

Single<br />

Single<br />

WE<br />

TER<br />

WE<br />

TER<br />

WE<br />

TER<br />

WE<br />

TER<br />

Edge armor<br />

WE<br />

TER<br />

EA<br />

WE<br />

TER<br />

WE<br />

TER<br />

WE<br />

TER<br />

WE<br />

TER<br />

EA<br />

WE<br />

TER<br />

WE<br />

TER<br />

WE<br />

TER<br />

EA<br />

WE<br />

TER<br />

WE<br />

TER<br />

Waist<br />

Width<br />

Chassis (mm)<br />

Body (mm)<br />

L (79)<br />

M (75)<br />

M (75)<br />

M (75)<br />

M (75)<br />

M (75)<br />

M (75)<br />

Other<br />

Pulse Pad; Semi Twin Tip Tail; Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; Semi Twin Tip Tail; Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; Semi Twin Tip Tail; Tip Protector<br />

Honeycomb Tip & Tail; Edge Free Extremities;<br />

Pulse Pad; QR Code<br />

Honeycomb Tip & Tail; Edge Free Extremities;<br />

Pulse Pad; QR Code<br />

Edge Free Extremities; QR Code<br />

Honeycomb Tip & Tail; Edge Free Extremities;<br />

QR Code<br />

Pulse Pad; Semi Twin Tip Tail; QR Code<br />

Pulse Pad; QR Code<br />

Pulse Pad; QR Code<br />

Pulse Pad; QR Code<br />

Pulse Pad<br />

W Intuitive Tail; Women stance -- Foreward<br />

Mounted Binding (+8mm); Shock Absorbing<br />

System (Powerline W); Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; W Intuitive Tail; Women stance<br />

-- Foreward Mounted Binding (+8mm);<br />

Shock Absorbing System (Powerline W);<br />

Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; W Intuitive Tail; Women stance<br />

-- Foreward Mounted Binding (+8mm);<br />

Shock Absorbing System (Powerline W);<br />

Tip Protector<br />

W Intuitive Tail; Women stance -- Foreward<br />

Mounted Binding (+8mm); Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; QR Code<br />

Semi Twin Tip Tail; QR Code<br />

Pulse Pad; QR Code<br />

Pulse Pad; QR Code


AlPInE SkI<br />

TECHnICAl RECAP Measurements Option Construction & Core Reinforcement Edges Specific features<br />

Ref. and Commercial designation<br />

JunIOR SkIS<br />

On PISTE<br />

All-MOunTAIn<br />

J 2V Race Jr<br />

+ JZ10 B75 Bl<br />

H 2V Race Jr<br />

+ JL10 Jr B80<br />

J 3V Race Jr<br />

+ JZ10 B75 Bl<br />

H 3V Race Jr<br />

+ JL10 Jr B80<br />

length (cm)<br />

Tip (mm)<br />

Sidecuts<br />

Waist (mm)<br />

151 101 64<br />

310104 158 103 64<br />

165 105 64<br />

130<br />

326767 137<br />

144<br />

96 63<br />

101 64<br />

104 64<br />

310108 144 110 64<br />

151 112 64<br />

326769 130 105 63<br />

137 108 63<br />

Tail (mm)<br />

Radius (mm)<br />

Midsole (mm)<br />

Weight (g) per 1/2 pair<br />

Thickness<br />

84 17.0 625 870 12.65<br />

86 17.0 660 970 13.5<br />

88 17.5 695 1060 14.6<br />

80 14.0 540 850<br />

83 14.0 575 935<br />

86 14.0 610 1020<br />

93 11.0 595 905<br />

96 11.5 630 1050<br />

10.9<br />

11.6<br />

12.45<br />

12.8<br />

13.64<br />

88 10.0 525 920 11.5<br />

91 10.5 560 980 11.9<br />

120 106 65 86 9.5 485 800<br />

E 24 Hours Jr M<br />

+ EL7 B80<br />

130 107 65 87 11.0 535 1000<br />

325584<br />

140 107 65 88 13.0 585 1360<br />

150 108 65 89 14.0 635 1460<br />

E 24 Hours Jr S<br />

+ EC5 J75<br />

E 24 Hours Jr XS<br />

+ EC5 J75<br />

90 100 65 83.5 5.5 365 530<br />

325588 100 100.5 65 84 7.0 405 620<br />

110 102.5 65 86.5 7.5 450 640<br />

325590 70<br />

80<br />

91<br />

99<br />

65<br />

65<br />

75<br />

79<br />

4.5 300 400<br />

5.0 330 440<br />

120 106 65 86 9.5 485 800<br />

E Enduro Jr 800 M 130 107 65 87 11.0 535 1000<br />

325576<br />

+ EL7 B8<br />

140 107 65 88 13.0 585 1360<br />

150 108 65 89 14.0 635 1460<br />

E Enduro Jr 800 S<br />

+ EC5 WH<br />

E Enduro Jr 800 XS<br />

326793<br />

+ EC5 W<br />

70<br />

80<br />

90 100 65 83.5 5.5 365 530<br />

326784 100 100.5 65 84 7.0 405 620<br />

110 102.5 65 86.5 7.5 450 640<br />

91 65 75.5 4.5 300 400<br />

99.5 65 79.5 5.0 330 440<br />

120 106 65 86 9.5 485 800<br />

E Candy Jr M<br />

+ EL7 B80 Wi<br />

130 107 65 87 11.0 535 1000<br />

326808<br />

140 107 65 88 13.0 585 1360<br />

150 108 65 89 14.0 635 1460<br />

E Candy Jr S<br />

+ EC5 J75 Wi<br />

E Candy Jr XS<br />

+ EC5 J75 Wi<br />

90 100 65 83.5 5.5 365 530<br />

326810 100 100.5 65 84 7.0 405 620<br />

110 102.5 65 86.5 7.5 450 640<br />

326812 70<br />

80<br />

91 65 75.5 4.5 300 400<br />

99.5 65 79.5 5.0 330 440<br />

110 92 76 84 19.6 487 715<br />

120 99 78 91 16.2 532 905<br />

N Rocker² Jr Black/<br />

326728 130 106 80 95 15.6 577 1095<br />

White/Bl<br />

140 122 85 112 14.0 666 1285<br />

150 122 85 112 14.2 713 1560<br />

REnTAl SkIS<br />

Ski Technical Reference Chart (continued)<br />

fREESkI<br />

V-SHAPE<br />

All-MOunTAIn<br />

N BBR 8.9 D Blue/<br />

Brown<br />

166 147 88 110 11.5 740 1600<br />

327185 176 147 88 110 12.5 760 1800<br />

186 147 88 110 13.5 836 2000<br />

145 123.5 75 89 11.4 638 1580<br />

HR BBR 7.5 R<br />

+ KRZ10 B80 B<br />

155 125.5 75 91 12.4 688 1710<br />

310113<br />

165 127.5 75 93 13.50 737 1890<br />

175 131 75 95 14.2 787 2100<br />

E BBR Limelite R<br />

+ EL9 B80<br />

E Shortkart 120<br />

+ EL10 B80<br />

140 126 74<br />

310115 150 127 74<br />

160 128 74<br />

89 10.4 619 1470<br />

91 11.5 663 1560<br />

93 12.6 712 1680<br />

Rocker Shape (mm)<br />

Binding<br />

System<br />

Z10 Smartrak Grip<br />

L10 Jr Lightrak Jr<br />

Z10 Smartrak Grip<br />

L10 Jr Lightrak Jr<br />

Sandwich Sidewalls<br />

Monocoque<br />

3D Race<br />

3D Race<br />

3D Race<br />

3D Race<br />

L7 Easytrak •<br />

C5 Easytrak •<br />

C5 Easytrak •<br />

L7 Easytrak •<br />

C5 Easytrak •<br />

C5 Easytrak •<br />

L7 Easytrak •<br />

C5 Easytrak •<br />

C5 Easytrak •<br />

•<br />

•<br />

TT<br />

KR Z10 Lightrak •<br />

L9 Easytrak •<br />

310123 125 112 78 102 10.5 556 1580 L9 Easytrak •<br />

144 123 72 101 9.5 604 1656<br />

152 123 73 102 10.9 646 1736<br />

E Enduro LX 750 R<br />

310117 160 123 74 103 12.4 688 1816<br />

+ EL10 B<br />

168 123 75 104 14.1 731 1896<br />

176 123 76 105 15.8 775 1976<br />

E Origins Sun R<br />

+ EL9 B80<br />

136 112 72 98 10.5 581 1676<br />

143 123 72 101 9.5 612 1716<br />

310119 151 123 73 102 10.9 654 1796<br />

159 123 74 103 12.4 696 1876<br />

167 123 75 104 14.1 739 1956<br />

E Focus<br />

+ EL10 B80<br />

Bk/Bl/Y<br />

125 112 78 102 10.5 556 1370<br />

135 113 74 93 13.0 545 1480<br />

145 116 74 96 13.5 595 1590<br />

310125<br />

155 119 74 100 14.0 645 1690<br />

165 122 74 103 14.5 695 1810<br />

175 123 74 107 15.0 755 1920<br />

240<br />

250<br />

260<br />

270<br />

280<br />

L10 Easytrak •<br />

L9 Easytrak •<br />

L10 Easytrak •<br />

technIcal reference > 48<br />

Twintip<br />

Woodcore<br />

light density Core<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

Full<br />

•<br />

Composite<br />

Powerline<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

CC<br />

Rocker<br />

Early Rise Tail<br />

Carve<br />

Carve<br />

Carve<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Mtn<br />

All-Terr.<br />

All-Mtn<br />

All-Terr.<br />

Bamboo layer<br />

Basalt layer<br />

Metal Backbone<br />

3d Race frame<br />

Ti laminate<br />

Wide edges<br />

Total edge reinforcement<br />

Dbl/400<br />

Dbl/400<br />

Dbl/400<br />

Dbl/400<br />

Single<br />

TER<br />

Edge armor<br />

Waist<br />

Width<br />

Chassis (mm)<br />

Body (mm)<br />

M (75)<br />

M (75)<br />

M (75)<br />

Pulse Pad<br />

Pulse Pad<br />

Other<br />

Pulse Pad; Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; Tip Protector<br />

Reinforced Structured Top Sheet; Tip<br />

Protector; Junior Norm Screw Length < 6<br />

mm +/- 0,5 (up to size 130)<br />

Reinforced Structured Top Sheet; Junior<br />

Norm Screw Length < 6 mm +/- 0,5<br />

Reinforced Structured Top Sheet; Junior<br />

Norm Screw Length < 6 mm +/- 0,5<br />

Reinforced Structured Top Sheet; Tip<br />

Protector; Junior Norm Screw Length < 6<br />

mm +/- 0,5 (up to size 130)<br />

Reinforced Structured Top Sheet; Junior<br />

Norm Screw Length < 6 mm +/- 0,5<br />

Reinforced Structured Top Sheet; Junior<br />

Norm Screw Length < 6 mm +/- 0,5<br />

Reinforced Structured Top Sheet; Tip<br />

Protector; Junior Norm Screw Length < 6<br />

mm +/- 0,5 (up to size 130)<br />

Reinforced Structured Top Sheet; Junior<br />

Norm Screw Length < 6 mm +/- 0,5<br />

Reinforced Structured Top Sheet; Junior<br />

Norm Screw Length < 6 mm +/- 0,5<br />

Reinforced Structured Top Sheet<br />

V-Shape; Oversized Pulse Pad; Semi Twin<br />

Tip Tail; Reinforced Structured Top Sheet;<br />

Tip Protector<br />

V-Shape; Oversized Pulse Pad; Semi Twin<br />

Tip Tail; Rental (Bar Coding, Size Color<br />

Coding, Reinforced Black Base, Edge); Reinforced<br />

Structured Top Sheet; Tip Protector<br />

V-Shape; Pulse Pad; Semi Twin Tip Tail; W<br />

Progressive Tail; W Longboard Tip Shape;<br />

Rental (Bar Coding, Size Color Coding,<br />

Reinforced Black Base, Edge); Reinforced<br />

Structured Top Sheet; Tip Protector<br />

Rental (Bar Coding, Size Color Coding,<br />

Reinforced Black Base, Edge); Reinforced<br />

Structured Top Sheet; Tip Protector<br />

Pulse Pad; Semi Twin Tip Tail; Rental (Bar<br />

Coding, Size Color Coding, Reinforced Black<br />

Base, Edge); Reinforced Structured Top<br />

Sheet; Tip Protector<br />

Pulse ; W Intuitive Tail; Women stance --<br />

Foreward Mounted Binding (+8mm); Shock<br />

Absorbing System (Powerline W); Rental<br />

(Bar Coding, Size Color Coding, Reinforced<br />

Black Base, Edge); Reinforced Structured<br />

Top Sheet; Tip Protector<br />

Rental (Bar Coding, Size Color Coding,<br />

Reinforced Black Base, Edge); Reinforced<br />

Structured Top Sheet; Tip Protector


AlPInE BOOT<br />

Technical reference for the complete line of current <strong>Salomon</strong> alpine boots<br />

STAndARd BOOT nORMS<br />

Standard Boot Sole dimensions > ISO 5355<br />

The Alpine boot soles are standardized and bindings are designed accordingly.<br />

The standard norm concerns not only the shape and dimensions as illustrated, but also the friction<br />

coefficient of the area of the sole which is in contact with the anti-friction plate on the binding.<br />

In practical terms:<br />

The boot manufacturers who display one of the following markings:<br />

DIN, ISO, ÖN, UNI guarantee that they use standard norms.<br />

In the absence of any of these, check first with the boot manufacturer.<br />

ISO 5355 boots are designed for use with a pair of classic skis, and not with a<br />

monoski, snowboard or skiboard, and with alpine bindings.<br />

Adult boot Junior boot<br />

A 69 ± 2 62 ± 2<br />

B 70 65<br />

C 70 50<br />

d* 100 (L < 300 mm) 80 (L < 240 mm)<br />

120 (L > = 300 mm) 90 (L > lEgEnd (measurements in mm)<br />

= 240 mm)<br />

E 5 ± 1 3 ± 1<br />

f 19 ± 1 16.5 ± 1.5<br />

g<br />

H<br />

I<br />

30 ± 2<br />

30 ± 1<br />

4 ± 1<br />

25 ± 2<br />

27.5 1,5 ± 2<br />

3 ± max. 1<br />

I H<br />

RA 41.5 ± 3.5 35 ± 3<br />

RB 18 ± 1.5 16 ± 2<br />

G<br />

RC<br />

Rd<br />

37 ± 4<br />

36.25 40 min. ± 0.75<br />

27 ± 3<br />

34.5 ± 1<br />

(side view)<br />

*L = boot sole length<br />

Boot Modification<br />

BOOT TOE (ISO 5355)<br />

A<br />

RB<br />

RA<br />

B<br />

(bottom view)<br />

BOOT HEEl (ISO 5355)<br />

7 ± 1<br />

5 min.<br />

F<br />

E<br />

G 40 min.<br />

(side view)<br />

6 min.<br />

8 ± 1<br />

RD<br />

D C<br />

RC<br />

(bottom view)<br />

Any performance or fit modification of a boot that could effect the function between the boot and binding should be inspected to verify that the<br />

boot meets Standard Alpine Boot norms. Mechanical Inspection is recommended after any such modification.<br />

49<br />

ISO 9523 boots are designed for use with a pair of touring bindings, and not with<br />

alpine bindings, monoski, snowboard or skiboard.<br />

It is the skier’s own responsibility if (s)he chooses to take the additional risks.<br />

When a pair of used boots is brought in, make sure that any worn parts are still<br />

within the norm.<br />

1,5<br />

max.<br />

A<br />

Photo: Scott Markewitz


BOOT<br />

TECHnICAl fEATuRES<br />

Boot sole lengths<br />

last Recap Per Concept<br />

Rental: Intelligent Color Coding<br />

StandardS & technIcal featureS > 50<br />

MOndOPOInT SIZES<br />

MOdElS<br />

15 16 17 18 19 20 21<br />

22<br />

22.5<br />

23<br />

23.5<br />

24<br />

24.5<br />

25<br />

25.5<br />

26<br />

26.5<br />

27<br />

27.5<br />

28<br />

28.5<br />

29<br />

29.5<br />

30<br />

30.5<br />

31<br />

31.5<br />

32<br />

32.5<br />

33<br />

33.5<br />

X lab OP 275 285 295 305 315 325<br />

X Max CS 265 275 285 295 305 315 326 336<br />

Instinct CS 265 274 285 295 305 315<br />

Impact CS 287 297 307 317 327 337 347 357<br />

Idol CS 267 277 287 297 307 317<br />

RS 298 308 318 328 338 358 358 378 378<br />

RS W 278 278 288 298 308 318<br />

Mission 298 307 317 328 339 350 360<br />

divine 268 278 288 298 307 317<br />

Quest Max 285 295 305 315 325 335<br />

Quest / Quest Access 288 298 308 318 328 338 358 358<br />

Quest Women / Quest<br />

Access Women<br />

278 278 288 298 308 318<br />

ghost 265 274 285 295 305 315 326 336<br />

SPk 267 277 287 297 307 317 327 337<br />

X3 90 T / X3 110 T 265 274 285 295 305 315<br />

X3 70 T 267 277 287 297 307 317<br />

X3 60 T 240 240 247 257 267 277 287 295 307<br />

T3 / Team 266 276 285 296 306<br />

T2 / Team 240 240 247 259<br />

T1 208 208 223 223<br />

focus / focus Women 277 287 297 307 317 327 337 357 357<br />

Symbio 263 275 284 296 306 317 326 336 345<br />

Models<br />

95 mm<br />

Last<br />

98 mm<br />

Last<br />

100 mm<br />

Last<br />

102 mm<br />

Last<br />

104 mm<br />

Last<br />

106 mm<br />

Last<br />

108 mm<br />

Last<br />

X Lab OP •<br />

X Max / Instinct / Ghost Custom Shell<br />

Impact / Idol Custom Shell<br />

Quest Max / Ghost Max 360° Custom Shell<br />

RS / RS Women •<br />

Mission / Divine / Quest Access / SPK •<br />

Quest •<br />

Focus • • •<br />

Quest Access •<br />

S<br />

A Rental : global solution provider.<br />

Available on all <strong>Salomon</strong> Rental boots.<br />

Color Coding Per Concept Size<br />

Color Code Black Green Yellow Orange Red Purple Blue<br />

Boot Sole Lengths (mm) 260-273 274-288 289-304 305-318 319-334 335-348 349-384<br />

Impact/Idol<br />

RS / RS Women<br />

Quest / Quest Access<br />

Focus / Focus Women<br />

Mission/Divine<br />

Symbio<br />

Focus<br />

Warning! 1 shell length for 2 sizes<br />

22/22,5<br />

267 mm<br />

22/22,5<br />

267 mm<br />

22/22,5<br />

268 mm<br />

22/22,5<br />

263 mm<br />

22/22,5<br />

278 mm<br />

22/22,5<br />

278 mm<br />

23/23,5<br />

277 mm<br />

23/23,5<br />

277 mm<br />

23/23,5<br />

278 mm<br />

23/23,5<br />

275 mm<br />

22<br />

277 mm<br />

23/23,5<br />

278 mm<br />

23/23,5<br />

278 mm<br />

24/24,5<br />

287 mm<br />

24/24,5<br />

287 mm<br />

24/24,5<br />

288 mm<br />

24/24,5<br />

284 mm<br />

23<br />

277 mm<br />

24/24,5<br />

288 mm<br />

24/24,5<br />

288 mm<br />

24<br />

297 mm<br />

25/25,5<br />

297 mm<br />

25/25,5<br />

298 mm<br />

24/24,5<br />

298 mm<br />

25/25,5<br />

297 mm<br />

25/25,5<br />

298 mm<br />

25/25,5<br />

296 mm<br />

25<br />

297 mm<br />

Color coding on the boots (fig. A) matches the Synchro Center toe piece<br />

markings (fig. S).<br />

26/26,5<br />

307 mm<br />

26/26,5<br />

308 mm<br />

25/25,5<br />

308 mm<br />

26/26,5<br />

307 mm<br />

26/26,5<br />

307 mm<br />

26/26,5<br />

306 mm<br />

26<br />

317 mm<br />

27/27,5<br />

317 mm<br />

27/27,5<br />

318 mm<br />

26/26,5<br />

318 mm<br />

27/27,5<br />

317 mm<br />

27/27,5<br />

317 mm<br />

27/27,5<br />

317 mm<br />

27<br />

317 mm<br />

28/28,5<br />

327 mm<br />

28/28,5<br />

328 mm<br />

27/27,5<br />

328 mm<br />

28/28,5<br />

327 mm<br />

28/28,5<br />

328 mm<br />

28/28,5<br />

326 mm<br />

29/29,5<br />

337 mm<br />

29/29,5<br />

336 mm<br />

28<br />

337 mm<br />

29/29,5<br />

338 mm<br />

28/28,5<br />

338 mm<br />

29/29,5<br />

337 mm<br />

29/29,5<br />

339 mm<br />

30/30,5<br />

347 mm<br />

30/30,5<br />

345 mm<br />

29<br />

337 mm<br />

30/30,5<br />

358 mm<br />

30/30,5<br />

358 mm<br />

30/30,5<br />

357 mm<br />

30/30,5<br />

350 mm<br />

30<br />

357 mm<br />

31/31,5<br />

357 mm<br />

31/31,5<br />

358 mm<br />

31/31,5<br />

358 mm<br />

31/31,5<br />

357 mm<br />

31/31,5<br />

360 mm<br />

31<br />

357 mm<br />

32/33,5<br />

378 mm


BOOT<br />

AdVAnCEd fIT TECHnOlOgy lInER<br />

liner Models<br />

My Customfit<br />

My Customfit lAB:<br />

My Customfit World Cup:<br />

Best performance. Extra low<br />

volume Compact Race liner<br />

(3 layers). Specific World Cup<br />

tongue allowing shock absorbing.<br />

My Customfit Race:<br />

Best performance. Low volume<br />

Compact Race liner (3 layers).<br />

Rigid sole.<br />

My Customfit Pro:<br />

Maximum customization with<br />

3 layers of thermoformable foam<br />

on the ankle heel, meta, tongue<br />

sole for perfect comfort and<br />

transmission.<br />

Warm Technology<br />

Biovent:<br />

The very first breathable liner in<br />

a ski boot to keep feet warm<br />

all day. This technology helps<br />

regulate body temperature<br />

thanks to a multilayer construction<br />

inspired from apparel.<br />

Women’s specific features<br />

F<br />

S<br />

A<br />

G<br />

D<br />

My Customfit Performance:<br />

Better comfort on the heel, metas<br />

& sole without altering performance.<br />

Two layers liner: thermoformable<br />

foam 80 % on all sensitive<br />

areas (heel + metas + sole).<br />

My Customfit Sport:<br />

Better customization of the tibia<br />

and ankles. One layer liner: thermoformable<br />

foam 70 % on original<br />

areas.<br />

My Customfit Comfort:<br />

Better tibial customization. One<br />

layer liner: thermoformable foam<br />

60 % on basic area (tongue).<br />

Wool metal:<br />

Wool metal insulated liner is a mix<br />

of wool and a metallic polyeter<br />

layer to keep feet warm.<br />

Women’s liner with anatomic<br />

tongues made of highly moldable<br />

foams for better shin and instep<br />

comfort in sensitive foot zones.<br />

A Sliding band<br />

Helps the heel slide in.<br />

S Specific tongue<br />

Autofit and CustomFit foams for<br />

better shin and forefoot comfort.<br />

D My Customfit Performance<br />

For a total CustomFit.<br />

F Polar fleece and/or fur<br />

Forefoot warmth.<br />

G fur<br />

H Therm-ic<br />

Xfit<br />

Xfit Active:<br />

A comfortable, single layer<br />

constructed thermo moldable liner<br />

with customizable tongue area for<br />

shin comfort and a wide ankle<br />

area, positioned at the back of the<br />

leg, for heel lock.<br />

Xfit Advanced:<br />

A comfortable, single layer<br />

constructed thermo moldable liner<br />

with customizable tongue area for<br />

shin comfort. The wide ankle area<br />

positioned at the back of the leg<br />

and metas covers all the critical<br />

foot comfort zones.<br />

Instant Comfort<br />

Autofit:<br />

Comfort, warmth, insulation and<br />

personalized foot envelopment.<br />

Self-molding foams allow the liner<br />

to take on the shape of the foot<br />

allowing anatomical adaptation of<br />

the foot’s sensitive areas: the tibia,<br />

ankle, forefoot and anklebones.<br />

layer construction<br />

External layer<br />

Middle layer<br />

Internal layer<br />

Internal layer for foot hold:<br />

For warmth and comfort<br />

- Polyurethane (PU), open cell foam<br />

envelopment, breathability,<br />

comfort<br />

High density CustomFit foam for superior<br />

envelopment.<br />

advanced fIt > 51<br />

Xfit Comfort:<br />

A comfortable, single layer<br />

constructed thermo moldable liner<br />

with a customizable tongue area<br />

for shin and ankle comfort.<br />

Thermicfit:<br />

Comfort and warmth<br />

- Pre-formed zones protect the<br />

tibia and the forefoot.<br />

- A pleasure to slip into due to its<br />

construction and materials.<br />

Middle layer: For foot envelopment<br />

and power transmission<br />

- Thermoformable PE (CustomFit) or<br />

self-molding PU (Autofit)or preformed<br />

PE (Thermic Fit)<br />

suppleness<br />

Transmission foam coming from the<br />

Neoprene family for quick reactions.<br />

External layer for contact with the<br />

shell: For pressure distribution and<br />

thermal insulation<br />

- Polyethylene, closed cell foam: insulation,<br />

warmth, lightness, better fit<br />

- PVC (Thermic + Rental): protection,<br />

ruggedness, durability<br />

- Sensifit cuff construction for envelopment<br />

of the leg<br />

- Supple exterior for contact with the<br />

shell and foot envelopment<br />

- Anatomical tongue


BOOT<br />

Set the timer for 15 mins.<br />

Warning: For optimal results, it is<br />

important that:<br />

- the heating process lasts 15 minutes.<br />

Using the machine for more<br />

than 15 mins can damage the liner.<br />

- operate the machine with both<br />

boots in place.<br />

Putting the boot on<br />

1. When thermoforming, you<br />

should only use ski socks that<br />

have the following characteristics:<br />

- socks that go higher than<br />

the top of the boot,<br />

- socks with at least 45% wool.<br />

Wearing normal, low-cut socks<br />

could cause skin reactions to the<br />

heating process.<br />

2. Remove the boots from the machine.<br />

3. Close the hood.<br />

4. The machine is now available for<br />

thermoforming another pair of<br />

boots.<br />

5. Open the boot buckles.<br />

6. The boots must be put on immediately<br />

following the end of the 15<br />

min heating cycle.<br />

If you feel any discomfort whatsoever<br />

when stepping-in, take<br />

your boots off immediately.<br />

7. Close the buckles with medium<br />

pressure, not too tight. fig. D<br />

8. Close the strap more firmly.<br />

9. Tap the heel on the floor to make<br />

a good impression of the Achilles’<br />

heel. fig. F<br />

10. Wait 10 min in a standing position.<br />

11. Remove the boots.<br />

Practical advice<br />

› <strong>Salomon</strong> recommends that no<br />

CustomFit liner be thermoformed<br />

more than three times.<br />

› To optimize the results of the thermoforming<br />

process, it is recommended<br />

that you make several flex<br />

movements during the 10 minute<br />

advanced fIt > 52<br />

AdVAnCEd fIT TECHnOlOgy lInER > (continued)<br />

Thermoformable liner<br />

Thermoformable zones:<br />

A Straight and anatomical<br />

tongue<br />

- A thermoformable internal side<br />

that provides precision and<br />

comfort.<br />

- An external side that is more<br />

rigid on the tibia and more<br />

supple in the flex area for<br />

excellent pressure distribution<br />

without hindering flex.<br />

Thermoforming machine > Procedure<br />

Before using the machine for the<br />

first time, return the guarrantee<br />

card to your Customer Service<br />

Representative. Follow the instructions<br />

for the thermoforming ma-<br />

Preparing for use (fig. A-S)<br />

A<br />

1. Remove the machine from its<br />

box and place it on a flat surface.<br />

Verify that the voltage<br />

used is the same as indicated<br />

on the machine.<br />

2. Lift the hood.<br />

Starting the machine<br />

S Opened ankle area<br />

For ideal morphological adapta<br />

tion regardless of the size<br />

and shape of the bones.<br />

non-thermoformable zones:<br />

D Asymmetrical and rigid<br />

cuff<br />

Distributes pressure for<br />

instan ta neous transmission of<br />

efforts.<br />

chine closely and pay particular<br />

attention to the rules on safety.<br />

To guarantee good thermoforming,<br />

we have adapted a thermal sensor<br />

to our machines. If something is<br />

S<br />

3. Lift the nozzles using the handles<br />

provided.<br />

4. Close the boot’s buckles and<br />

slide the boots onto the nozzles.<br />

Make sure that the top<br />

edge of the boot touches the<br />

obturator.<br />

D<br />

F Watertight gusset<br />

G Specific cuts for women and<br />

men to avoid pressure points<br />

on the lower calf.<br />

H More supple zones allow for<br />

easy entry/exit of the boot.<br />

J forefoot – The space in front<br />

of the metatarsal is not thermo<br />

formable, which allows the<br />

toes to move freely.<br />

abnormal during the heating process,<br />

the machine will work alternately.<br />

If this is the case, contact<br />

the customer service in your country.<br />

Do not take the machine apart.<br />

Important: Any insoles used<br />

other than the ones received<br />

in the boots at the time of<br />

purchase should be removed<br />

before the heating procedure<br />

begins. Re-install them after<br />

heating to mold the liners.<br />

F<br />

This machine is for exclusive use<br />

with <strong>Salomon</strong> CuSTOMfIT liners.<br />

Any other use is forbidden.<br />

WARnIng<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Customfit liners should only be heated for molding<br />

using the <strong>Salomon</strong> Customfit Machine. Any other unit may<br />

cause injury by overheating.<br />

J<br />

5. After having read and understood<br />

the machine’s instructions,<br />

especially those on<br />

safety, you can now plug the<br />

machine in.<br />

G<br />

F<br />

A<br />

G<br />

D<br />

S<br />

H<br />

cooling process to simulate the<br />

anklebone movements when skiing.<br />

fig. G<br />

› It is recommended to wait 1/2 hour<br />

before skiing with the boots, to<br />

allow for complete stabilization of<br />

the thermoformed liner.<br />

drying with a machine<br />

When drying the CustomFit liners<br />

with a drying machine, it is important<br />

to respect the drying time recommended<br />

by the manufacturer and<br />

that the temperature not exceed<br />

40°C.


BOOT<br />

CuSTOM SHEll TECHnOlOgy<br />

Custom Shell Thermal forming<br />

Three generations of Custom Shell<br />

fIRST gEnERATIOn (2008)<br />

In-mold Technology<br />

Lateral forefoot zone, base of the shell<br />

Customization Procedure<br />

A<br />

G<br />

L<br />

We recommend the use of the Sidas<br />

bootfitting oven fig. A. Make sure the<br />

customer uses only ski socks which go<br />

higher than the top of the boot.<br />

1. Remove liners from shells.<br />

2. Put the shells in the oven with<br />

buckles open fig. S.<br />

You can use your regular heating tools<br />

though they would be less practical<br />

than the oven:<br />

SECOnd gEnERATIOn (2009)<br />

Dual Injection Technology<br />

Complete forefoot zone + ankle + heel<br />

S<br />

H<br />

:<br />

3. Close the door and start the<br />

machine, set the timer for 10<br />

minutes. Warning: Make sure<br />

to wear insulated gloves when<br />

removing boot shells. Do not allow<br />

customers to touch the boot,<br />

avoiding possible burns.<br />

4. Switch off the oven and remove the<br />

shells.<br />

5. Put liners back in.<br />

6. Help the customer to step in fig. D.<br />

Recommendations for Experienced Bootfitters<br />

• heating elements fig. K.<br />

• gun fig. L.<br />

• boiling water fig. :.<br />

THIRd gEnERATIOn (<strong>2012</strong>)<br />

Dual Injection Technology<br />

Complete forefoot zone + ankle + heel<br />

D<br />

J<br />

7. Close the boots with minimum<br />

tightening (first tooth of the buckle)<br />

and make sure the forefoot shell<br />

seals stay in the right position.<br />

Warning: Ask your customer to<br />

stand still. Avoid bending or walking<br />

with warmed shells.<br />

8. Make sure the shell has been<br />

fully deformed before starting<br />

the cooling process. (It takes<br />

approximately 2 min).<br />

Warning: Kaprolene has been created<br />

to be deformed by the foot’s natural<br />

pressure. Be very careful if you need<br />

to use a pushing machine on the<br />

advanced fIt > 53<br />

Maximizing the Customizable Area<br />

• Perfect wrapping without pressure<br />

point<br />

• Mixed with a softer PU<br />

• Dynamic fit enhanced<br />

• Step-in & step-out unmatched<br />

• Same Custom Shell process as<br />

usual (10’+4’+6’)<br />

360 CS is only available on the<br />

MAX Series products (X MAX,<br />

QUEST MAX, GHOST MAX)<br />

F<br />

K<br />

9. Cool the boots: in cold water for 6<br />

minutes (level of water: above the<br />

seal) fig. F. Warning: Water level<br />

should not be higher than forefoot<br />

shell seals to avoid getting liners wet.<br />

- with cold packs for 6 minutes<br />

fig. G.<br />

- in snow for 6 minutes fig. H.<br />

- naturally for 20 minutes fig. J.<br />

10. Take boots off, the Custom Shell<br />

boot is ready.<br />

Kaprolene areas and NEVER push<br />

on the sides areas where Kaprolene<br />

meets the PU shell.


BOOT<br />

CuSTOM SHEll TECHnOlOgy > (continued)<br />

Custom Shell fAQ<br />

Can the shell change forms several<br />

times? As many times as you<br />

want! The wider the foot, the more<br />

the shell will expand. But it won’t<br />

come back…<br />

from what foot width will the<br />

Custom Shell be useful? In<br />

size 26, from last 100 or 102 mm,<br />

the customer will feel a real difference.<br />

The Custom Shell is also<br />

useful for thinner feet in order<br />

to reposition the foot even if the<br />

change is not measurable on the<br />

shell.<br />

What is the maximum width the<br />

shell can expand to? Up to 6 mm<br />

with the push of the foot only.<br />

What is the advantage compared<br />

to normal bootfitting?<br />

Here, it is the foot which changes<br />

the shell, there is no more risk of<br />

misinterpretation, the precision is<br />

perfect. Also, this process saves<br />

time (30 min. to do everything &<br />

the customer leaves with his/her<br />

boots) and an easier manipulation<br />

(every KOTF can do it).<br />

Should the custom soles be done<br />

before or after? Mold the soles<br />

before. The customer should then<br />

step in the warmed Custom Shell<br />

with the insoles.<br />

Should other areas of the shell be<br />

changed before or after? A modification<br />

of the metatarsus’s area<br />

can affect the positioning of the<br />

foot. First, the Custom Shell should<br />

be complete. Then, the areas of the<br />

toes, ankles, and navicular bone...<br />

can be changed as usual, though<br />

avoid pushing on the borders of<br />

the Custom Shell insert.<br />

Can I push in the Custom Shell<br />

area with my bootfitting machine?<br />

Yes, but it is not recommended.<br />

Since the Custom Shell<br />

material has not been created to<br />

resist to a push that is superior the<br />

feet’s push, avoid the side areas of<br />

the insert.<br />

Thermolight Quest Pro Pebax liner formatting > Procedure<br />

1. Put on the client’s boots at<br />

room temperature. The client<br />

must have the sensation of<br />

tightness in the shell.<br />

2. Identify possible painful areas<br />

(pressure points)<br />

3. Protect those areas by applying<br />

cut foam pads (not included)<br />

directly on the foot, not the<br />

sock.<br />

- Be careful not to take off or<br />

move the pads when putting<br />

the socks back on.<br />

4. Put the Thermolight liner without<br />

insoles in the Custom Shell<br />

Oven for 10 minutes at 100°C<br />

max (preferably pre-heated)<br />

5. At the end of 10 minutes, add<br />

insoles (original, custom or<br />

orthopedic) in the liner and put<br />

them into the shell.<br />

- Take care to insert the right<br />

liner in right shell and vice<br />

versa (the liners aren’t<br />

marked but differentiated only<br />

by the shape of the sole!)<br />

Advice: prepare one foot at a<br />

time (preserve the liner not yet<br />

fitted in the oven)<br />

6. Put on the client, taking care<br />

to push the client’s heel all the<br />

way down to the liner to correctly<br />

set the heel on the bottom<br />

and thus avoid creating<br />

bends.<br />

7. Tighten the Quick Lace<br />

8. Fasten the shell starting with<br />

the forefoot buckle and making<br />

sure to lock the backbone in the<br />

action position.<br />

9. Provide a clamping adapted to<br />

the morphology of the foot:<br />

- Strong (2nd, 3rd and 4th<br />

tooth) for a wide foot<br />

- Low (1st, 2nd and 3rd tooth)<br />

for a thiner foot<br />

Repeat the same operation for<br />

the second liner<br />

10. Cool down 15 minutes at room<br />

temperature and in a natural<br />

standing position, without exaggerating<br />

the bending on the<br />

front.<br />

does the plastic retract the same<br />

as normal boots when cooled?<br />

Yes, but two times less than normal<br />

plastic: approximately 25%<br />

after the boots have been taken<br />

out (a shell pushed out 4mm could<br />

come back to 3 mm).<br />

What is the benefit of Custom<br />

Shell versus the Custom fit?<br />

Should you do it before or after?<br />

The work done on the shell must<br />

be done before. This will solve<br />

problems and last over time. The<br />

molding of the liner must be done<br />

after in order to put the finishing<br />

touches on the fit.<br />

How do I know when the plastic<br />

is warm enough? It is the same<br />

process as usual when done with a<br />

manual test.<br />

What is the ideal temperature to<br />

form the Custom Shell? 80°C at<br />

core of the plastic.<br />

How many years of R&d did it<br />

take to develop the Custom Shell<br />

technology? 3 years.<br />

advanced fIt > 54<br />

Which is the impact of the new<br />

material on the performance of<br />

the boot? There is no effect because<br />

the material has the same<br />

PU base as a normal boot. The<br />

boot has exactly the same behavior<br />

on snow. On the other hand, once<br />

a boot is fit with the Custom Shell,<br />

precision is increased.<br />

If a customer wants an injected<br />

liner, should it be done before or<br />

after? In general, injection is done<br />

before work on the shell.<br />

I usually put normal boots in the<br />

oven, how is Custom Shell different?<br />

The normal plastic is going to<br />

change very little and comes back<br />

to the original position more often.<br />

The deformation is thus quite low.<br />

Why is Custom Shell not used in<br />

World Cup? In World Cup races,<br />

one person is dedicated to each<br />

racer; everything is done by hand<br />

and each pair is adapted to each<br />

discipline. Then you could say<br />

having Custom Shell is like having<br />

your own race technician!<br />

nOTE: <strong>Salomon</strong> does not recommend the use of the Custom Fit machine (or any other similar machine) because<br />

it does not allow an acceptable and effective Thermolight liner process.


BOOT<br />

BOOT TECHnOlOgIES<br />

Tool free Catches Adjustment<br />

Upper catches are also adjustable, with or without tools, to adapt<br />

the volume of the upper cuff to your calves.<br />

- To move upper catches, turn<br />

them 90°, move them laterally<br />

(+ 15mm), then place them<br />

back to their horizontal position.<br />

- To move lower catches,<br />

loosen the screw with a 3mm<br />

Allen wrench, position the<br />

catches in the desired position<br />

(+/- 20mm) and tighten<br />

the screw.<br />

Buckle Teeth Adjustment<br />

Offers a greater range of lower<br />

leg adjustment (+/- 20 mm):<br />

- Loosen the screw with a 3<br />

mm Hexagonal Key.<br />

- Re-tighten the screw and<br />

buckle teeth in the new<br />

position.<br />

Micro Buckle Adjustment<br />

Fine tune the buckle closure by turning the part that grips the buckle teeth.<br />

Sensifit<br />

For a perfect fit<br />

A soft material over the instep for<br />

improved envelopment and easier<br />

step-in.<br />

Walkadin Pads<br />

Walking is easy and safe, skiing<br />

is compatible with alpine DIN<br />

standards.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

Boot technologIeS > 55<br />

+2.5<br />

+1.5 +3.5<br />

Canting Adjustment (With lock)<br />

The Canting is integrated into the<br />

shell for reliable transmission and<br />

protection. It allows alignment<br />

of the cuff to the skier’s lower<br />

leg shape.<br />

- The factory preset position for the<br />

canting is + 2,5°<br />

- First, loosen the internal and<br />

external Canting Lock with the<br />

Hexagonal Key n° 5.<br />

- To adjust inwards to + 1,5°<br />

(a knock kneed stance), turn the<br />

external adjuster one-half turn.*<br />

- To adjust externally to + 3,5°<br />

(a bow legged stance), turn the<br />

internal adjuster one-half turn.*<br />

- Re-tighten the canting lock.<br />

*note: Never turn both the internal<br />

and external adjustments as this<br />

will raise the whole cuff without<br />

adjusting the canting.<br />

3d Buckle Adjustment<br />

The 3D buckle adjustment allows the<br />

position of the instep buckle to be<br />

changed for personalised foot hold:<br />

- Unscrew the buckle with a 3 mm<br />

Hexagonal Key.<br />

- Position the buckle over the plastic<br />

lug on the shell.<br />

- Re-tighten in the alternate position.<br />

Adjustable Rear Spoiler<br />

For a precise transmission<br />

Customisation of the rear support<br />

to suit the shape and size of the<br />

skier’s leg and increase the rear<br />

support:<br />

- Loosen the screw with a 5 mm<br />

Hexagonal Key,<br />

- Choose the height (the higher the<br />

spoiler, the stronger the rear support),<br />

- Tighten the screw.<br />

+2.5<br />

+1.5 +3.5


BOOT<br />

BOOT TECHnOlOgIES > (continued)<br />

Softening the Boot<br />

Even if the flex is more progressive than with tradtional<br />

racing boots, it can be soften further more:<br />

Reversible Method: Remove the canting lock<br />

screws. This reduces the flex by 5-10 %.<br />

Place the plugs from the Racing kit into the<br />

screw holes on the outer cuff.<br />

non Reversible Method: This<br />

involves cutting the ‘V’ in the<br />

top rear of the lower shell and<br />

should be performed by your<br />

specialized <strong>Salomon</strong> dealer.<br />

Canting on X lAB OP, X MAX and Quest Max<br />

Canting could be adjusted by following operations :<br />

• Internal boot sole grinding<br />

• Chassis grinding on X MAX 130 model<br />

• 4mm canting lifters kit available for X MAX 120 and<br />

100 models :<br />

- This kit allows an adjustment of +/-0,7° in function of<br />

the lifter side mounting<br />

- Maximum screwing value : 0,8Nm<br />

- Maximum assembly/disassembly : 5 times<br />

lifters On X MAX 120 And 100<br />

4mm lifters are removable and should be replaced if excessively worn<br />

and/or damaged.<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> guarantees the lifters for their disassembling and<br />

reassembling, up to a maximum of 5 times subject to strict<br />

compliance with the following instructions:<br />

Use only a manual screw driver<br />

Unscrew the 12 screws and remove them from the lifter.<br />

Remove the rear and front sole.<br />

Push them forward towards the front of the shell and rescrew until<br />

you feel an increased resistance in the torque to reach a torque value<br />

about 0,8Nm maximum as mentioned on the lifters.<br />

Boot technologIeS > 56<br />

Auto Custom Shell<br />

- Directly derived from our Custom Shell technology<br />

- Auto Custom Shell is 100% comfort<br />

oriented, providing comfort benefits<br />

with no process<br />

- Last evolution from 104 to 108<br />

- Insert are derivated from PU, same<br />

durability<br />

Adjustable Women Spoiler<br />

To move the spoiler, turn 180° the<br />

screw with a 5mm Allen wrench.<br />

Shin plate<br />

Used to reinforce the forward support and stiffens the flex. The height<br />

and lateral position are adjustable.<br />

- Choose the forward or internal position and use a 5,5 mm drill bit to<br />

drill the 1st hole in the cuff where marked (the shin plate is marked by<br />

a cross inside the cuff of the boot).<br />

- Choose the desired height and attach the plate using the “T” insert<br />

and bolts provided.<br />

- Align the plate correctly and use as a guide to drill the 2nd hole and<br />

attach as shown.<br />

Rear spoiler<br />

The rear spoiler (from the performance<br />

kit) increases rear support (with 3 height<br />

settings) and forward lean by + 2°.<br />

- Choose the desired height and attach<br />

using the screw provided, in the predrilled<br />

hole.<br />

delta H lift<br />

The 4 mm heel lift (from the performance kit) can be<br />

used to improve instep/heel hold and put the skiers<br />

weight forward for faster initiation.<br />

Remove the liner and position the<br />

wedge in the hole provided in the rear<br />

of the Custom<br />

Sole.


BOOT<br />

MOdEl-SPECIfIC COnCEPTS<br />

Symbio Rental Model<br />

lower leg Adjustment<br />

A<br />

Repairs<br />

Replacing the lower leg buckle<br />

tooth insert<br />

1. Remove the liner and open the<br />

cuff completely.<br />

2. Drill the rivet inside the shell.<br />

3. Remove the damaged buckle<br />

tooth insert and its rivet.<br />

4. Put a new buckle tooth insert in<br />

place and proceed as follows :<br />

using a T-nut<br />

a. Place the threaded insert in<br />

the rivet hole on the inside of<br />

the boot.<br />

b. Put the buckle into place and<br />

install the screw tightly. The<br />

prongs on the threaded insert<br />

Quest 12/Quest Pro/Quest Pro Pebax<br />

A unique & Patented Ride & Hike Technology<br />

A<br />

D<br />

new Body Positioning<br />

forward lean (fig. G)<br />

Quest 12 boots offer 15.1° forward<br />

lean, while Quest Pro Pebax offers<br />

13.5° forward lean. The result is<br />

better balance in powder and track<br />

up snow.<br />

S<br />

F<br />

Boot concePtS > rental & QueSt > 57<br />

It is possible to change the lower<br />

leg adjustment according to the<br />

morphology of the skier’s lower<br />

leg.<br />

should be completely imbedded<br />

into the cuff material.<br />

c. Loosen the screw.<br />

d. Put the washer into place.<br />

This will prevent the tip of the<br />

screw from going too far.<br />

e. Tighten completely.<br />

using a Rivet. Use a rivet on the<br />

outside and a washer inside and<br />

proceed with riveting.<br />

Replacing the buckle and/or forefoot<br />

buckle teeth<br />

1. Remove the liner.<br />

2. Drill the rivets in the buckle or<br />

the damaged buckle teeth.<br />

15.1°<br />

G<br />

Adjusting the lower leg cable<br />

• Place the lower leg cable in the<br />

desired setting of the buckle<br />

teeth on the medial side of the<br />

boot. (fig. A)<br />

3. Remove the damaged buckle or<br />

the buckle teeth and the rivet.<br />

Save the washer.<br />

4. Put in a new buckle or buckle<br />

teeth and attach with a rivet or<br />

T-nut.<br />

using a rivet. Use a new rivet<br />

and the original washer and proceed<br />

with riveting.<br />

using a T-nut. Put the threaded<br />

insert into the rivet hole from the<br />

inside of the boot. Put the buckle<br />

in place and tighten completely.<br />

The prongs on the threaded insert<br />

should be completely imbedded<br />

in the material.<br />

Alpine Back Support Management<br />

The magnesium backbone, technology<br />

from the X3 LAB (fig. A),<br />

provides strong back support,<br />

power transmission and progressive<br />

forward flex management<br />

when skiing down (fig. S).<br />

Alpine forward flex Management<br />

The specific inner shell (V cut-out)<br />

(fig. D) guarantees a wide cuff<br />

opening when hiking or walking<br />

(fig. F). Combined with the inside<br />

part of the magnesium backbone,<br />

Cuff Opening (fig. H)<br />

Quest 12 boots have a 30° cuff<br />

opening, offering easier hiking due<br />

to a more natural leg positioning<br />

and a wide cuff opening on the<br />

back when walking.<br />

Longer or shorter cables are available<br />

from the spare parts catalog<br />

(page 63) to adapt to all shapes<br />

and sizes.<br />

To remove the liner<br />

Turn the clip on the inside of the<br />

liner 1/4 turn with a screwdriver.<br />

contributes to back support and<br />

progressive forward flex.<br />

30°<br />

H


BOOT<br />

MOdEl-SPECIfIC COnCEPTS > (continued)<br />

Quest 12/Quest Pro/Quest Pro Pebax (continued)<br />

Mountain Pros<br />

Walking Sole Pads<br />

These walking sole pads are intended<br />

to be used only with the<br />

following bindings:<br />

• Touring bindings compliant with<br />

ISO 13992 standard<br />

• “WTR technology” labeled alpine<br />

bindings compliant with<br />

ISO 9462 standard<br />

Boot Concepts<br />

ultralight skin shell (fig. A)<br />

Second skin shell.<br />

Women specificities<br />

• PP Women cuff<br />

• Women light back calf<br />

• Specific liner: my Customfit<br />

Comfort liner.<br />

Quicklace Replacement kit<br />

Interchangeable Sole Pads<br />

• Switch from DIN (Alpine) to touring pads<br />

• Easy to remove & fully compatible with all the standard compliant bindings<br />

on the market<br />

• Contagrip® material with deep studs for a perfect arch grip in all walking<br />

conditions<br />

• Part # 12637401<br />

If you change the pads, you have to use bindings associated with the<br />

appropriate standard: ISO 5355 (alpine standard) or ISO 9523 (touring<br />

standard).<br />

ultralight Thermoformable liner<br />

• 280 g (for a size 26,5 boot)<br />

• Heat moldable for a perfect foothold<br />

Any use with other bindings could<br />

cause the ski-binding-boot system<br />

to be faulty, which would increase<br />

the risk of serious injury while<br />

skiing.<br />

These walking soles are removable<br />

and should be replaced if excessively<br />

worn and/or damaged.<br />

Contagrip extended rubber shell<br />

(fig. S)<br />

Contagrip® extended rubber sole.<br />

Waterproof gusset<br />

to guarantee a perfect waterproofness.<br />

Boot concePtS > QueSt > 58<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> guarantees the soles for<br />

their disassembling and reassembling,<br />

up to a maximum of 5 times<br />

subject to strict compliance with<br />

the following instructions:<br />

Use only a manual screw driver.<br />

Unscrew the 7 screws and remove<br />

them from the sole.<br />

S F<br />

A D<br />

upper Buckle Walk Position<br />

Hook: For a better walk position,<br />

you can catch the upper buckle in<br />

the first position (red one) (fig. D)<br />

Adaptable leash: if needed, you<br />

can add a leash on your boots. A<br />

specific buckle has been added on<br />

the forefoot zone (fig. F)<br />

Pebax Material<br />

• 15% lighter than traditional PU<br />

(Quest Pro Pebax @ size 26,5 =<br />

1,65 Kg/boot)<br />

• Less temperature variation vs.<br />

classic PU but with the exact<br />

same skiability.<br />

MODULUS OF RIGIDITY IN TORSION VS. TEMPERATURE<br />

600<br />

500<br />

400<br />

300<br />

200<br />

100<br />

0<br />

-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80<br />

Temperature (°C) TPU Shore D 55 ASTM D 1043<br />

Polyether Ester D 55 Conditioning<br />

23°C 50 % RH<br />

Pebax ® 5533<br />

14 days<br />

Modulus(MPa)<br />

Remove the rear and front sole.<br />

Push them forward towards the<br />

front of the shell and rescrew until<br />

you feel an increased resistance in<br />

the torque to reach a torque value<br />

about 1,5Nm.<br />

AddITIOnAl fEATuRES<br />

Tool free Catches Adjustment<br />

Rear Spoiler<br />

55 <strong>Salomon</strong> Boot Technologies


BOOT<br />

MOdEl-SPECIfIC COnCEPTS > (continued)<br />

Quest 12/Quest Pro/Quest Pro Pebax (continued)<br />

Procedure > Strap Replacement<br />

A<br />

A<br />

S<br />

Strap replacement<br />

1. Remove the rear Perf hold to access rivets (fig. A)<br />

2. Drill rivets with a Ø 5.2 drill (fig. S)<br />

3. Assemble new strap + plate with inserts and screws M4 (fig. D-G)<br />

4. Attach the rear Perf hold (fig. H)<br />

Procedure > Cover Replacement<br />

S<br />

Remove the cover and toe buckle teeth<br />

1. Drill toe buckle teeth rivets with Ø 5.2 drill (fig. A)<br />

2. Drill cover rivets with Ø 5.2 drill (fig. S)<br />

Reassemble the new cover + fuel racks<br />

3. Drill the buckle teeth shell + cover Ø 5.4 to put the M4 insert (fig. D-F)<br />

Attach the cover and the buckle teeth with insert with M4 screw<br />

4. The insert must be flush with buckle teeth mounted on cover (fig. G)<br />

5. Mount the cover buckle teeth with M4 screws (fig. H)<br />

Procedure > Backbone Replacement<br />

A<br />

Backbone replacement<br />

Mounting kit (fig. A)<br />

1. Remove the damaged axis by cutting off the reveting part (fig. S)<br />

2. Place the 2 springs in their cavities (fig. D)<br />

3. Do not forget to put the steel pin before screw and nut (fig. F)<br />

4. Mount the new backbone (fig. G)<br />

Boot concePtS > QueSt > 59<br />

D<br />

G<br />

D<br />

G<br />

F<br />

H<br />

F<br />

H<br />

S D<br />

F<br />

G


HElMET<br />

Technical reference for the complete line of<br />

current <strong>Salomon</strong> helmets<br />

60<br />

Photo: Scott Markewitz


HElMET<br />

HElMET TECHnOlOgy<br />

Helmet Adjustment<br />

Head Measurer use & Maintenance<br />

A S D F<br />

Warning:<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> has developed a head<br />

mea sur er that will help you to better<br />

serve your customer by being<br />

able to recommend the helmet size<br />

that corresponds to the circumference<br />

of his/her head.<br />

This measurer can be used for all<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Alpine helmets.<br />

Please remember that the size given<br />

by the measurer (centimeters)<br />

should be used only as an indication<br />

to help you orient your customer<br />

toward the proper size. The<br />

final selection of the appropri ate<br />

size should be left to the customer.<br />

Using the measurer should never<br />

replace trying on the helmet.<br />

The helmet is a safety product: it<br />

must be chosen in the size that is<br />

suitable to its user and be properly<br />

positioned on his/her head (the<br />

chin strap adjusted in the closed<br />

position) to ensure optimum protection,<br />

comfort and hold.<br />

Recommendations for use:<br />

- Loosen the roller (A) to be able<br />

to place the measurer easily on<br />

the head.<br />

- Position the measurer on the<br />

head according to (fig. A),<br />

touching the brow (B) and the<br />

occipital bone (C).<br />

Important: Make sure the headband<br />

(d) does not compress<br />

the ears, which would affect the<br />

measurement.<br />

- Hold the measurer in this position<br />

and turn the roller (A) (rotate<br />

it clockwise).<br />

- Turn the roller until it disengages<br />

(fig. S).<br />

- Carefully remove the measurer<br />

from the head, pulling the rear<br />

upward, while maintaining pressure<br />

on the nose (fig. D).<br />

- Read the measurement on the<br />

graduated scale (E) in the window<br />

(fig. F).<br />

- Choose the helmet according to<br />

the size given by the measurer.<br />

- Try the helmet on. Switch sizes if<br />

there is a problem with the fit.<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> has provided for stickers<br />

that can be put on the head measurer<br />

for a better understanding of<br />

how to use the roller.<br />

helmet > 61<br />

The helmet must be properdine positioned on, and adjusted to the user’s head to ensure maximum comfort and protection.<br />

A properly positioned helmet must not be too far forward or backwards on the user’s head ; the chin strap must always be properly adjusted and in the<br />

closed position.<br />

In case of children’s helmets, an adult should always check that the helmet is properly secured.<br />

Helmet Sizing<br />

Choosing the right size for your<br />

helmet<br />

The helmet is a safety product.<br />

To ensure optimal protection,<br />

comfort and head hold, the helmet<br />

must be chosen in the correct size.<br />

To choose the correct size, it is<br />

nec es sary to measure the cranial<br />

perime ter of the head in cm (from<br />

the fore head to the most prominent<br />

back part of the head).<br />

Maintenance recommendations:<br />

To clean the measurer, you can use<br />

a cloth with soap and water.<br />

It is prohibited to use chemical<br />

products, hot water or pressurized<br />

water, gasoline, alcohol,<br />

detergents, solvents or aerosols<br />

that could permanently damage<br />

the plastic materials and erase the<br />

markings.<br />

Warning:<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> does not cover any damage<br />

to the head measurer that is a<br />

result of transportation, storage or<br />

not abiding by the instructions for<br />

use or maintenance.<br />

YOUR SIZE Head perimeter (cm)<br />

WOMEN<br />

49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62<br />

Icon Custom Air, Poison Custom Air,<br />

XXS (53-54) S (55-56) M (57-58)<br />

Poison, Venom<br />

MEN<br />

XS (54-55) L (58-59)<br />

Equipe*, Ranger Custom Air, Patrol,<br />

S (55-56) L (58-59) XXL (61-62)<br />

Brigade Audio, Brigade, Brigade Vic D<br />

XS (54-55) M (57-58) XL (60-61)<br />

* Size NOT available for Equipe helmets<br />

MEN OSFA & CUSTOM AIR<br />

Phantom RC C.Air, Phantom 10 C. Air,<br />

Phantom 08 C. Air, Ranger, Cruiser,<br />

RC, Creative Line Custom Air<br />

Prophet C. Air *, Prophet M. Douglas<br />

C. Air *, Allium 10 C.Air *, Allium<br />

08 C. Air *<br />

* size ONLY available for Prophet & Allium<br />

WOMEN OSFA & CUSTOM AIR<br />

Aura 10 C.Air, Aura 08 C. Air, Idol 08<br />

C. Air, Icon, Pearl Origins<br />

JUNIOR OSFA SYSTEM<br />

Jib Rental & Kiana Rental*, Equipe JR,<br />

Jib, Kiana, Patrol Junior, Poison JR<br />

* Size ONLY available for Jib Rental<br />

JUNIOR NEW IN-MOLD WITH OSFA<br />

Drift 10, Drift 08<br />

JR/XXS (49-53)<br />

XS/S (54-56) XL/XXL (60-62)<br />

XXS/S (53-56)<br />

M/L (57-59)<br />

M/L (57-59)<br />

XL (60-61)*<br />

XXS/XS (51-55) L/XXL (59-62) *<br />

S/M (55-58)<br />

XXS/S (53-56)<br />

JUNIOR WITHOUT OSFA<br />

Zoom & Zoom Rental JR (51-52) XXS (53-54) S (55-56) M (57-58)


HElMET<br />

HElMET TECHnOlOgy > (continued)<br />

Helmet Technical Information<br />

In order to meet consumer’s<br />

needs in terms of safety, head<br />

hold and comfort <strong>Salomon</strong> uses<br />

two construction technologies:<br />

Standard technology and In Mold<br />

technology. Both provide performance<br />

in terms of resistance,<br />

absorption, deflecting impact and<br />

resisting penetration.<br />

In Mold technology: an external<br />

PC layer molded together with<br />

the EPS cap to provide the best<br />

Developed with a specialized sport trauma physician<br />

fit foams: All our models are<br />

benefiting from specific Fit foams<br />

disposed on the anatomical areas<br />

to increase head comfort.<br />

Custom Air System (fig. A):<br />

new adjustable system for a perfect<br />

fit.<br />

OSfA (fig. S) With this adjustment<br />

system the helmet is covering<br />

several sizes.<br />

Beanie Convertible (fig. D)<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> channelled all its experience<br />

for your protection and pleasure but<br />

don’t lose your head!<br />

Our helmets combine our recognized<br />

professionnalism and pure design to<br />

create protection for the senses.<br />

Instructions for use and maintenance<br />

- IMPORTAnT: the helmet must always<br />

be fastened on the head (chin strap<br />

buckled under the chin).<br />

- Check the adjustment and the condition<br />

of your helmet before each use.<br />

- Always take care of your helmet,<br />

even when not using it. Store it away<br />

from any heat source and sunlight<br />

(since prolonged exposure to the<br />

sun weakens all plas tic materials,<br />

it is recommended to replace your<br />

helmet at least every 3 years). Let it<br />

dry in a ventilated area.<br />

- For cleaning the outside surface of the<br />

skull cap, use soap and water only.<br />

Shell Technology<br />

My Perfect fit<br />

A<br />

- Do not use any type of gasoline<br />

products, solvents or any other<br />

chemical substances.<br />

- Do not modify the helmet in any way.<br />

Do not varnish it or add any coloring<br />

products.<br />

- After receiving an impact, the helmet<br />

may be damaged to the point that<br />

it is no longer adequate to protect<br />

the wearer’s head against further<br />

impacts. Even if the damage is not<br />

visible, it is necessary to replace the<br />

helmet.<br />

ratio lightness / resistance to the<br />

helmet.<br />

Injected technology: an external<br />

cap made of ABS combined with<br />

an internal cap made of EPS.<br />

Hybrid Technology: Combination<br />

of in-mold lower shell for reduced<br />

weight, with injected upper shell<br />

for more durability and to accommodate<br />

mechanical ventilation<br />

devices.<br />

S<br />

Drift and Lily models only<br />

D<br />

Women Customization<br />

Pimp My Helmet<br />

Our comprehensive winter sport helmet<br />

range meets applicable helmet standards<br />

and uses the unique Advanced<br />

Fit Technology design for your comfort<br />

and performance.<br />

Be smart and protect your head in style.<br />

Standards<br />

Examples of the main tests of norms:<br />

helmet > 62<br />

Helmets don’t offer<br />

absolute protection, so<br />

ride within your limits<br />

and take care.<br />

Roll off dynamic fastening<br />

Impact test test device test<br />

Covered areas Visibility<br />

measurement measurement<br />

All <strong>Salomon</strong> helmets respect the following standards :<br />

CE - En 1077<br />

(helmets for alpine skiers and for<br />

snowboarders*)<br />

Chinguard Instructions*<br />

Small Chinguard:<br />

Junior 51-55<br />

Adult 54-56<br />

large Chinguard:<br />

Junior 55-58<br />

Adult 57-62<br />

Magnetic Buckle Instructions<br />

Open:<br />

Slide laterally<br />

with one hand<br />

Sound System<br />

Warning: for use with <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

snowsports helmets only.<br />

Headphones used in snowsports<br />

may cause the skier/rider to not<br />

hear other skiers/riders. This can<br />

lead to an accident and possible<br />

injury or death. Always stay in<br />

control. Skiers/Riders downhill<br />

from you always have priority, so<br />

it's your responsibility to make<br />

sure you avoid them. Headphones<br />

will also restrict your ability to<br />

hear what your edge/edges are doing<br />

on the snow and may distract<br />

you. They may distract you from<br />

!<br />

ASTM f2040 (helmets for recreational*<br />

snow sports).<br />

* Non motorized winter sports<br />

Close:<br />

Place on top<br />

to close<br />

* Canadian<br />

market only.<br />

focusing on skiing or riding safely<br />

which may lead to less control.<br />

Care and handling:<br />

The earpad sound system is built<br />

to handle cold, snowy conditions.<br />

However, this system is not waterproof.<br />

Do not submerge the<br />

Earpad or cord in water or any<br />

other liquid. Do not attempt to<br />

clean or to disinfect your helmet<br />

with the earpad sound system<br />

installed.


SPARE PARTS<br />

SPARE PARTS – COnTEnTS<br />

contentS > 63<br />

AlPInE BIndIng 64<br />

SkIS 68<br />

AlPInE gOgglES 69<br />

POlES & HElMETS 70<br />

AlPInE BOOTS 70<br />

nORdIC 73<br />

SnOWBOARd BIndIngS 75<br />

SnOWBOARd BOOTS 79<br />

fOOTWEAR 80<br />

This catalogue is for product display only. <strong>Salomon</strong> reserves the right to modify or discontinue any product. Every product not available in all countries. SALOMON<br />

reserves the right to limit or to modify color and/or aesthetic versions of spare parts. These spare parts will nonetheless continue to be distributed in their original<br />

functions.<br />

All rights reserved. Any reproductions, partial or in full, are prohibited.


SPARE PARTS<br />

AlPInE BIndIng<br />

alPIne BIndIngS > 64<br />

glissiere / Track Ref.<br />

1X2 Smartrak Prolink & Smartrak Control + Z12, Z10, 711 L7882950001<br />

1X2<br />

04-05 S912 TI SC, S810TI SC, S712 SC, S710 TI SC, S710 SC, C609 SC, C608 SC, C607 SC, C509<br />

SC, 06 Z12 TI SC, Z12 SC, Z10 TI SC, Z10 SC, 710 SC, 609 SC, 608 SC, 09 711 SC, L9 SC, L7 SC,<br />

L10 SC<br />

L7837850001<br />

1X2 04-05 S305 SC, 06 305 SC, 07 KRR TZ5 SC, NRR TZ5 SC, 08 NR TZ5 SC, FR TZ5 SC, 09 T5 SC L7837870001<br />

Embase Butee Reglable / Adjustable Toe Base Plate Ref.<br />

1X2 Z Speed tous les modèles / all models: Levier de réglage / Lever adjustment L1202700001<br />

Prepose Butee / Quadrax Toe Track Ref.<br />

1X2 S700, S700 SR, S700 T, S700 TSR, S710, S708 TSR, S710 SR, S711 SR, S710 Ti, S711 Pa L7837900001<br />

1X2<br />

Z12 TI, Z10, Z10 TI, Z10 FIS 20, 710, 610, 609, 609 SR, 608,<br />

Smartrak Grip + Z12, Z10, Z10 TI, 710 TI, 611, 610, 609, 609 TI,<br />

AVERTISSEMENT – CHANGEZ LA VIS POUR / WARNING CHANGE THE SCREW FOR:<br />

Z10 TI AXE + (788314), 610 CP (000930), 609 D+ (001101), 607 (000896), 607 SR (000896)<br />

Smartrak Prolink & Smartrak Control + Z12 TI, Z12, Z10, 711, 710, Z12 TI SC, Z12 SC, Z10 TI SC, Z10<br />

SC, 609 SC, 710 SC, 608 SC, ITF: 711<br />

L7882970001<br />

L7882980001<br />

1X2 07 Junior TZ 5, TZ 5 SR, 08 LZ 7, 09 T5, T5 SR, L7, L7 SR L5483390001<br />

1X2 08 LZ 8, LZ 9, 09 L 9, L 9 SR, L 10, L 10 SC L1006190001<br />

Indicateur Position / Position Indicator Ref.<br />

1X2 ITF Free & Fast SC 04+: Tous produits / All products L7838580001<br />

Plaque Centrale / Central Plate Ref.<br />

Smartrak Rental L1005660001<br />

1X2<br />

Lightrak senior HL<br />

Lightrak senior JL<br />

L1083290001<br />

L1083300001<br />

Lightrak Junior JL L1083310001<br />

Bride, Habillage glissiere / Heel guide Or Heel Track Housing Ref.<br />

1X2 C&S: Tous produits / All products 99- Except: Junior L0011730001<br />

1X2 04-05 S710 SR, C609 SR, C509 SR, 06 609 SR 268-348 mm L7837950001<br />

1X2 04-05 C305 SR, 06 305, 06 TZ5SR 190-246 mm L7837920001<br />

1X2<br />

04-05 C305 CS, 06 305 SC, 07 KRR TZ5 SC, NRR TZ5 SC, 08<br />

NR TZ5 SC, FR TZ5 SC<br />

216-304 mm L7837930001<br />

Nombre de pièces / Parts Count<br />

Comment lire les tableaux / How to read the tables<br />

Reference<br />

04: année / year 230-308 mm: dimensions (T175): taille / size ##### Jusqu’à épuisement des stocks / while quantites last ##### Nouveau / New<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 20.00<br />

$ 9.00<br />

$ 9.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 7.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 4.75<br />

$ 4.75<br />

$ 4.75<br />

$ 4.75<br />

$ 4.75<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 9.00<br />

$ 9.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PARTS<br />

alPIne BIndIngS > 65<br />

glissiere / Track Ref.<br />

1X2 SC Senior: Tous produits / All products 260-382 mm L1203010001<br />

1X2 Flat: Tous produits / All products L3084250001<br />

Étiquettes de location / Rental Stickers Ref.<br />

2X10 SC Senior L3084270001<br />

4X5 Kit of 4x5 pairs Stickers Easytrak XS -S - M - L L3512160001<br />

1X2<br />

levier /lever Ref.<br />

Tous produits C&S, All C&S products, Kaikki C&S, Tuotteet, 99+ Except: Junior, Cosmic, Racing, 900,<br />

850, 700, 725, 600, 509, 400<br />

L7839390001<br />

1X2 Tous produits, 11 Except: Junior, X bindings L3084260001<br />

Plaque Anti-friction / Anti friction Plate Ref.<br />

1X2 Z12 TI, Z12, Z12 TI SC, Z12 SC, Z10 TI SC, Z10, 710 TI, 710 SC, 710, 710 ITF L7883010001<br />

1X2 Junior Performance AFD (Junior boots norms only) for: 07 Junior TZ 5, TZ 5 SR, TZ 5 SC L8926700001<br />

1X2<br />

Junior LZ 5, L 5, C5, C 5 SR, EC 5, LZ 7, LZ 8, LZ 9, L 7, L 8, L 9,<br />

L 10, L 10 SR, L7 SR, EL 10, EL 9, EL 7<br />

L1005670001<br />

1X2 07 STH 12, 08 STH 14 L5483410001<br />

1X2 07 STH 16 L5483420001<br />

1X2 08 STH 14 Driver L1044750001<br />

1X2 Z Speed tous les modèles / all models Backcountry all models 12 L1202730001<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 13.00<br />

$ 13.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 10.00<br />

Habillage Butees / Toe Housing Ref. $ USD<br />

Tous les modèles / All models: 609, 610, 611, 710, Z10, Z11, Z12, STH 10 L7885600001 $ 10.00<br />

1X2<br />

Z 14, STH 14, Z 12 oversize, STH 12 oversize L1083320001 $ 10.00<br />

frein / Brake Ref.<br />

1X2 Junior: TZ 5, TZ 5 SR 07 L5483430001<br />

1X2 Junior: TZ 5 SC, TZ 5 Juniortrak 07 L1005530001<br />

1X2 Junior: C5 Easytrak 11 L3084310001<br />

1X2 Junior J 85: T5, T5 SR 11 L3084280001<br />

1X2 Junior J 85: T5 SC 11 L3084290001<br />

1X2 Junior J 85: C5 Easytrak 11 L3084300001<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 7.50<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 7.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PARTS<br />

L<br />

l<br />

1X2<br />

S920 LAB, S916 LAB, S914 LAB,<br />

920 ZZ LAB, 916 ZZ LAB,<br />

914 ZZ LAB, STH 16, STH 14 Driver, STH 14, STH 12 Oversize, STH 12,<br />

Z14 LAB, Z12 LAB, Z Speed (tous modèles / all models)<br />

1X2 Other range models<br />

1X2 Backcountry all models<br />

DG = Double Grip<br />

G = Grip<br />

B 85 G x 100<br />

R 100 DG x 100<br />

l L<br />

alPIne BIndIngS > 66<br />

R75 DG X 100 L7857540001<br />

R80 DG X 100 L7857550001<br />

R90 DG X 100 L7857570001<br />

R100 DG X 100 L7857580001<br />

R115 DG X 100 L7857590001<br />

R130 DG X 100 L7885570001<br />

B75 DG X 100 L7857450001<br />

B80 DG X 100 L7857480001<br />

B85 DG X 100 L7857490001<br />

B90 DG X 100 L7857500001<br />

B100 DG X 100 L7857510001<br />

B115 DG X 100 L7857520001<br />

B130 DG X 100 L7883060001<br />

BC 80 L3512430010<br />

BC 90 L3512430015<br />

BC 100 L3512430020<br />

BC 115 L3512430025<br />

BC 130 L3512430030<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

gabarits / Jigs Ref. $ USD<br />

Tous produits Senior / All Senior products<br />

56-99 mm<br />

80-123 mm<br />

L0011560001<br />

L0011570001<br />

$ 75.00<br />

$ 75.00<br />

Q300, Q300mini, S300, S305, C305, Mini Grom 56-99 mm L7840610001 $ 75.00<br />

1X1 Synchro Center+Rental: Junior/Senior<br />

56-99 mm<br />

80-123 mm<br />

L0010030001<br />

L0010400001<br />

$ 100.00<br />

$ 100.00<br />

Z Speed: Tous modèles / All models 70-116 mm L1113930001 $ 50.00<br />

Backcountry all models 56-143 mm L3267050001 $ 50.00<br />

Easytrak plates 70-116 mm L3086300001 $ 50.00<br />

5X2 Gabarit papier / Paper jig: Ski large adulte, Senior fat ski L0010230001 $ 24.00<br />

1X2<br />

Gabarit papier / Paper jig: Smartrak prolink, Smartrak Control, Smartrak<br />

Grip<br />

L7883070001 $ 5.00<br />

Outils / Tools Ref. $ USD<br />

Ø 3,6 X L 8 mm L0008140001 $ 50.00<br />

1X5 Foret de perçage / Drill bit<br />

Ø 4,1 X L 8 mm<br />

Ø 4,1 X L 9,5 mm<br />

L0008130001<br />

L0008930001<br />

$ 50.00<br />

$ 50.00<br />

Ø 3,6 X L 9,5 mm L0008920001 $ 50.00<br />

1X1 Tournevis Posidrive / Posidrive screwdriver 7 mm L0008620001 $ 14.00<br />

1X1 Outil de réglages / Adjustement tool L0009020001<br />

1X2 Pilot & Poweraxe Race GS / Hangl 00: Clé Torx / Torx bit 25 mm L8876060001<br />

1X100 Cheville de réparation / Repair plugs L0008460001<br />

1X1<br />

Colle spéciale pour le montage des fixations /<br />

Special binding mounting glue<br />

1X100 Chevilles plastiques / Plastic plugs<br />

L0008110001<br />

$ 20.00<br />

$ 16.00<br />

$ 16.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

Ø 4,5 mm: (black) L0008180001 $ 3.50<br />

L0009050001 $ 5.00<br />

L0011880001 $ 0.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PARTS<br />

Reference<br />

Vis / Screws<br />

L(mm)<br />

ø(mm)<br />

mm: Ø x L mm: Ø x L<br />

000836 L0008360001 10 x 20,5<br />

000899 L0008990001 10 x 16,5<br />

001004 L0010040001 10 x 18,3<br />

001085 L0010850001 10 x 36<br />

001099 L0010990001 10 x 32,5<br />

000829 L0008290001 10 x 13,5<br />

000894 L0008940001 10 x 11,8<br />

000896 L0008960001 9 x 15<br />

000897 L0008970001 10 x 18,8<br />

000909 L0009090001 9 x 10<br />

L(mm)<br />

ø(mm)<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

Reference<br />

alPIne BIndIngS > 67<br />

L(mm)<br />

ø(mm)<br />

000910 L0009100001<br />

mm: Ø x L<br />

10 x 16,5<br />

000911 L0009110001 9 x 18<br />

000912 L0009120001 9 x 29<br />

000930 L0009300001 9 x 16,5<br />

000958 L0009580001 9 x 12,5<br />

000961 L0009610001 9 x 8,5<br />

001057 L0010570001 9 x 19,5<br />

001083 L0010830001 9 x 25,5<br />

78831301 L7883130001 9 x 17,3<br />

35124201 L3512420001 9 x 31<br />

Retail Bindings<br />

5 4 3 2 1<br />

STH 16 steel - STH 16 000912 000897 000829 000910 000911<br />

STH 12 & 14 Driver 000912 000897 000829 000911<br />

STH 12 000912 000897 000829 000911 000930<br />

STH 10 001004 000894 78831301 000930<br />

Z 14 - Z 12 - Z 12 Ti 001004 000894 78831301 000930<br />

Z 11 - Z 10 - Z 10 Ti 001004 000894 78831301 000930<br />

L9 - L 10 001004 000894 000829<br />

L7 000899 000909 000894<br />

T5 000899 000896 000894<br />

L(mm)<br />

ø(mm)<br />

mm: Ø x L<br />

Rental Bindings<br />

5 4 3 2 1 A B<br />

STH 16 steel - STH 16 001085 001083 000909 001057 000930<br />

STH 12 & 14 Driver 001085 001083 000909 000894 000958<br />

STH 12 000836 000894 000829<br />

STH 10 001085 001083 000909 000894 000958<br />

Z 14 - Z 12 - Z 12 Ti 001004 000909 000894<br />

L9 - L 10 001099 000912 000961 000894 000958<br />

L7 000899 000896 000894<br />

Plate & System<br />

5 4 3 2 1<br />

Backcountry 000829 000911<br />

Z Speed 000912 000897 000911<br />

Easytrak (Adult - ski group G1 & G2) 000829 000911<br />

Easytrak (Junior - ski group G3 & G4) 000829 000911<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PARTS alPIne BIndIng ScrewS > 68<br />

SkIS<br />

Embouts / Tips<br />

Scrambler Hot, Scrambler 9, Scrambler 8, Scrambler 7, Scrambler 6, Scrambler 5, Scrambler Custom,<br />

Ref.<br />

1X2 Scrambler 700, Scrambler 400, Siam n°10, Siam n°7, XW 5, 6, 8, 400, 700 06, XW Fury, Hurricane 06,<br />

Siam n°5, 400 05-06, Axess 06<br />

Scrambler Hot, Scrambler 9, Scrambler 8, Scrambler 7, Scrambler 6, Scrambler 5, Scrambler Custom,<br />

L78571000001<br />

1X2 Scrambler 700, Scrambler 400, Siam n°10, Siam n°7, XW 5, 6, 8, 400, 700 06, XW Fury, Hurricane 06,<br />

Siam n°5, 400 05-06, Axess 06<br />

XW 3, 4,4 Tx, 10, Siam N3, N4, N8, N10, N 40, Flirt, Origins, Sinsation, XW Blast, Tornado, Sandstorm, Vector,<br />

AT, X Radiant 06 XW 4, 6, 800, X3, X7, Attack, Tx, STX, Vector, Tornado, Fury, Sandstorm, Storm, Jewel<br />

L78571000001<br />

1X2 Amber, Crystal, Diadem, Opal, Origins, Pearl, Topaz - Demo lady 07 XW 4, 6, 8, 10, 500, 800, X7, X9, Fire,<br />

Cyclone, Hurricane, Origins Amber, Amber 500, Pearl, Ruby, Diadem, Crystal, Jade, Opal,Topaz, Demo lady,<br />

Crossmax 120 08, Shortkart 11<br />

L78799500001<br />

1X2<br />

Equipe 2V Race 07 , Demo X2, Ti, RT 07 , X Wing 500 07-08 , Aero Ti, S, RT, GTI, Ti Rental, S Rental 07 ,<br />

Jewel Amber 500 07 , Instinct Fever 500 07 , Aeromax RT, SR, GTS 08, Minikart, Candy, Junior 800 11<br />

L24729100001<br />

1X2 XW Fury 08, XW Tornado, Tornado Ti 08-09, Origin Diamond 09-10, Enduro 10 L10077100001<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

XW Storm 09, XW 8, 6, 4 09, 8R, 6R 09, Origin Opal, Topaz, Crystal, Amber, Diadem, Crystal R 5 09-10,<br />

XW Typhoon, Hurricane, Twister 09, Pearl 10, XW Cyclone 10 • Enduro LX 750, Intense, Pure White, Origin Lava,<br />

Origin Lime, Origin Sun, Origin Moonlight, Origin Violet, Enduro 750 XLS, Enduro RX 800, Enduro LX 800, Origin<br />

bamboo, Tornado XT, Tornado LX, Enduro LX 730, Origin Lagoon, Origin Topaz 11<br />

XW Storm 09, XW 8, 6, 4 09, 8R, 6R 09, Origin Opal, Topaz, Crystal, Amber, Diadem, Crystal R 5 09,<br />

XW Typhoon, Hurricane, Twister 09<br />

Czar, Lord, Dumont, Suspect, Threat, Lady, Mai Tai 08-10, Shogun, Vamp, Geisha 09-10, Knight 10,<br />

Ripper 11<br />

L10832800001<br />

L10832700001<br />

L10879900001<br />

1X2 XW Focus 10 L12145600001<br />

1X2 Enduro 10, Enduro XT 800, XT 850 11 L12987800001<br />

1X2 BBR 7.9, BBR 8.9 11 L30842400001<br />

1X2 12 Sunlite, Skylite, Limelite, BBR 10.0 L32907500001<br />

1X2 G12 Origins Lava, Origins Bamboo L32907600001<br />

1X2 Pure White 11-12 Origins Lime 11 Origins Sun 11-12 Origins Sun R 11 Origins Lagoon 11-12 L35151000001<br />

1X2 Enduro XT850 11-12 Enduro XT800 11-12 Rocker2 115 12 Rocker2 90 11-12 L35287800001<br />

1X2 BBR sunlite - BBR8.9 - BBR 10.0 L35344500001<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ 12.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PARTS<br />

AlPInE gOgglES<br />

1X1<br />

To order the correct lens,<br />

please refer to the lens code<br />

found on the goggles<br />

Example “XTM 13” matches with<br />

lens part 351665<br />

alPIne SkIS > 69<br />

goggle lenses Ref.<br />

Black upgraded Mirror (MS) / Solar XTL 1 (Large) L35162500<br />

X-Tend Lens – Large<br />

(XTL 1 to 15)<br />

Blue multilayer (ML) / Solar XTL 2 (Large) L35163900<br />

Orange multilayer (ML) / Solar XTL 3 (Large) L35164000<br />

Red multilayer (ML) / Solar XTL 4 (Large) L35164100<br />

Green multilayer (ML) / Solar XTL 5 (Large) L35164200<br />

Yellow standard (S) / Low light XTL 6 (Large) L35164300<br />

Yellow mirror (M) / Low light XTL 7 (Large) L35164400<br />

Yellow Upgraded Mirror (MS) / Low light XTL 8 (Large) L35164500<br />

Orange Upgraded Mirror (MS) / Universal XTL 10 (Large) L35164700<br />

Orange Mirror (M) / Universal XTL 11 (Large) L35164800<br />

Orange Standard (S) / Low Light XTL 13 (Large) L35165000<br />

Yellow multilayer (ML) / Solar XTL 14 (Large) L35165100<br />

Blue multilayer (ML) / Solar XTM 2 (Small) L35165400<br />

Honey Upgraded Mirror (MS) / Solar XTM 9 (Small) L35166100<br />

1X1<br />

X-Tend Lens – Small<br />

(XTM 1 to 15)<br />

Orange Mirror (M) / Universal XTM 11 (Small) L35166300<br />

Ruby Upgraded Mirror (MS) / Universal XTM 12 (Small) L35166400<br />

Orange Standard (S) / Low Light XTM 13 (Small) L35166500<br />

Yellow multilayer (ML) / Solar XVL 14 (Large) L35167600<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 30.00<br />

$ 40.00<br />

$ 40.00<br />

$ 40.00<br />

$ 40.00<br />

$ 20.00<br />

$ 25.00<br />

$ 30.00<br />

$ 30.00<br />

$ 25.00<br />

$ 25.00<br />

$ 40.00<br />

$ 40.00<br />

$ 30.00<br />

$ 25.00<br />

$ 30.00<br />

$ 20.00<br />

$ 20.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PARTS<br />

POlES & HElMETS<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

goggleS > 70<br />

Bâtons alpines / Alpine poles Ref.<br />

Carbon Poles: Rental Composite 06+, Element 08+, Element Vario 10+, Origins 08, SC1 11, BBR 10 12<br />

Aluminium poles: Origins 09+<br />

08+ Rental Anodized Adult, Artic, Artic Origins, Northpole, Divine Origins<br />

09+ Northpole Origins, F-One, Allium, X-Wing, Patrol, Brigade 10-11 X-W, Mai Tai,<br />

Topaz 11+ Racer, 24 Hours 12 BBR 08, BBR 08 W, Lithium 8, Lithium 10<br />

L10853700<br />

L10853900<br />

1X2 09-11 Rental Anodized JR, X-Wing Junior 10+ Kitten Jr 11 Kaloo Jr 11-12 Racing Jr L10854000<br />

Bâtons nordiques / nordic poles Ref.<br />

1X2 Power Strap Click: S Lab Carbon, Equipe 100 Carbon, Equipe 60 Carbon 11+ L12708100<br />

1X2 Power Strap: Equipe 20 Carbon, Vitane 20 Carbon, Active, Equipe Carbon Jr 11+ L12708000<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

Cork Grip Carbon Poles: S Lab Carbon, Equipe 100 Carbon, Equipe 60 Carbon, Equipe 20 Carbon,<br />

Vitane 20 Carbon, Active, Equipe Carbon Jr 11+<br />

Racing Basket: S Lab Carbon, Equipe 100 Carbon, Equipe 60 Carbon, Equipe 20 Carbon, Vitane 20 Carbon,<br />

Active, Equipe Jr 11+<br />

L30822700<br />

L12708300<br />

1X2 Touring Basket: Active, Siam, Escape, Escape Jr 11+ L12708400<br />

1X2<br />

AlPInE BOOTS<br />

Racing Basket M: Equipe 100 Carbon, Equipe 60 Carbon, Equipe 20 Carbon, Vitane 20 Carbone,<br />

Equipe Carbon Junior 12<br />

L32762300<br />

1X2 Racing Basket S: S-Lab Carbon 12 L32764900<br />

Crémaillères / Buckle Tooth Insert Ref.<br />

1X2 Xwave & Rush, Falcon & Instinct, Impact & Idol, X Max, X6 Collier / Cuff L30843500<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

M*<br />

1X2<br />

Xwave & Rush, Falcon & Instinct, Impact & Idol, X3, X Max, X6, Quest,<br />

Quest Max, Junior<br />

Crémailière 1/4 tour / 1/4 turn buckle: Performa & Irony, Xwave<br />

& Rush, Impact 880 & Idol 880, Mission & Divine• Mission RS &<br />

Divine RS<br />

Focus, Quest, SPK, Ghost, Shogun, Poison, Quest Access, Quest Max,<br />

Ghost Max<br />

Coque / Shell L30852100<br />

Collier / Cuff L12006900<br />

Collier / Cuff L30852200<br />

Crochets / Buckle (M* = Micro / V* = Vario) Ref.<br />

Alu: Ghost, Shogun, Poison, Pro Model, Kaos, Kreation, Kaïd, Keira, SPK<br />

S L10818000<br />

L L10818100<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 20.00<br />

$ 20.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PARTS PoleS, helmetS & BootS > 71<br />

M*<br />

1X2<br />

M*<br />

1X2<br />

M*<br />

1X2<br />

M*<br />

1X2<br />

M*<br />

1X2<br />

M*<br />

1X2<br />

M*<br />

1X2<br />

M*<br />

1X2<br />

V*<br />

1X1<br />

Alu: Ghost, SPK 12+<br />

Alu: Quest, Quest Access, Focus<br />

S L35174100<br />

L L35174200<br />

Black/Red S L30852500<br />

Black/Red M L30852600<br />

Black/Red L L30852700<br />

Alu: Quest Access Black/Yellow L L30852800<br />

Alu: Course X3, Falcon, Instinct, Impact, Idol, X Wave, Rush, Mission<br />

RS, Divine RS, Mission, Divine<br />

Alu: XMax, X6<br />

Alu: Quest Max<br />

Plastic: Mission, Divine, Mission RS, Divine RS, Charm, Performa<br />

Plastic: Mission, Divine, Mission RS, Divine RS, Charm, Performa<br />

Symbio: 500, 440<br />

V* Symbio<br />

1X2 Plastic: T3, T2, X3 60, Team<br />

S L30844000<br />

L L30852400<br />

Black/Yellow S L35174700<br />

Black/Yellow L L35174800<br />

Green S L35174900<br />

Green L L35175000<br />

Black S L12007400<br />

Black M L12007500<br />

Black L L12007600<br />

White S L35239000<br />

White M L35239100<br />

White L L35239200<br />

S L78396900<br />

L L78397000<br />

Cable length: 540 mm / 22.0-25.5 L88284400<br />

Cable length: 560 mm / 26.0-30.0 L88284500<br />

Cable length: 580 mm L78862700<br />

S L12007700<br />

L L12007800<br />

1X2 Quest Backbone L12009600<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

Chaussons / Innerboot Ref.<br />

My Custom Fit Race:<br />

Falcon, Instinct, X3 JR<br />

My Customfit Race:<br />

X Max<br />

My Customfit Race:<br />

Quest Max<br />

1X2 Rental AutoCustom Shell: Focus<br />

1X2<br />

My Customfit Pro + Lace:<br />

Quest<br />

1X2 Thermicfite:<br />

SPK, Kaos<br />

1X2<br />

Rental Thermic Fit Biovent:<br />

Quest Rental, Quest Access<br />

22.0 / 23.5 / 24.5 / 25.5 / 26.5 / 27.5 L12001600<br />

24.5 / 25.5 / 26.5 / 27.5 / 28.5 / 29.5 L35175200<br />

24.5 / 25.5 / 26.5 / 27.5 / 28.5 / 29.5 L35175300<br />

22.5W / 23.5W / 24.5W / 25.5W<br />

/ 26.5 / 27.5 / 28.5 / 29.5 / 30.5<br />

/ 31.5<br />

24.5 / 25.5 / 26.5 / 27.5 / 28.5 /<br />

29.5 / 30.5 / 31.5<br />

22.0 / 23.5 / 24.5 / 25.5 / 26.5 /<br />

27.5 / 28.5<br />

24.5W / 25.5W / 26.5W / 27.5 /<br />

28.5 / 29.5<br />

L12001700<br />

L35175400<br />

L35291000<br />

L12001800<br />

$ 16.00<br />

$ 16.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 7.00<br />

$ 7.00<br />

$ 7.00<br />

$ 7.00<br />

$ 7.00<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 85.00<br />

$ 85.00<br />

$ 85.00<br />

$ 50.00<br />

$ 80.00<br />

$ 80.00<br />

$ 45.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PARTS<br />

alPIne BootS > 72<br />

22.0 L4897410019<br />

23.5 L4897410022<br />

24.5 L4897410024<br />

1X2<br />

Rental Thermic Sanitized:<br />

Symbio<br />

25.5<br />

26.5<br />

27.5<br />

L4897410026<br />

L4897410029<br />

L4897410031<br />

28.5 L4897410033<br />

29.5 L4897410036<br />

30.5 L4897410037<br />

Pièces Adaptation / Bootfitting Ref.<br />

1X1 Heating machine U.S. & Canada<br />

1X2<br />

$ 50.00<br />

$ 50.00<br />

$ 50.00<br />

$ 50.00<br />

$ 50.00<br />

$ 50.00<br />

$ 50.00<br />

$ 50.00<br />

$ 50.00<br />

$ USD<br />

LZ1562000 $ 295.00<br />

Pièces Adaptation / Bootfitting Ref.<br />

Semelles location /<br />

Rental Insoles<br />

1X2 Semelle interne de coque / Footbed: X Wave, Rush (black)<br />

1X2 Semelle interne de coque / Footbed: X Max<br />

18.0 / 19.0 / 20.0 / 21.0 / 22.0 /<br />

23.0-23.5 / 24.0-24.5 / 25.0-25.5 /<br />

26.0-26.5 / 27.0-27.5 / 28.0-28.5 /<br />

29.0-29.5 / 30.0-30.5 / 31.0-31.5 /<br />

32.0-32.5 / 33.0-33.5:<br />

24.0-24.5 / 25.0-25.5 / 26.0-26.5 /<br />

27.0-27.5 / 28.0-28.5 / 29.0-29.5<br />

24.0-24.5 / 25.0-25.5 / 26.0-26.5 /<br />

27.0-27.5 / 28.0-28.5 / 29.0-29.5<br />

L10078600<br />

L88164000<br />

L35177800<br />

1X2<br />

Cale d’adaptation hauteur talon (+4mm), Heel height adjustment wedge<br />

(+4mm)<br />

L48997000 $ 4.00<br />

1X4<br />

Joints étanchéité / Sealing gaskets<br />

Impact, Idol, Falcon, Instinct, Mission RS, Divine RS<br />

22.0-25.5<br />

26.0-31.5<br />

L55472300<br />

L55473000<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

1X2 Sangle bas de janbe / Lower leg strap 35 mm (black/red)<br />

22.0-25.5<br />

26.0-33.5<br />

L10078700<br />

L10078800<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ 12.00<br />

1X2 Sangle bas de janbe / Lower leg strap<br />

W 45 mm (white/purple)<br />

M 55 mm (black/yellow)<br />

L35175600<br />

L35175700<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ 12.00<br />

Pièces Adaptation / Bootfitting / Innerboot Adaptation / Bootfitting Ref. $ USD<br />

1X8 Bouchon latéral Y/C / Lateral plug L78591900<br />

1X4<br />

Rivets canting / Canting Rivets: Racing, X-Wave, Impact, Idol,<br />

Mission RS, Divine RS, Falcon, Instinct, Quest<br />

L78399000<br />

1X2 Oversized pivot: X Max, Quest Max L35175800<br />

1X4 Vis canting Course / Race canting screw X2, X3 L78399100<br />

1X20 Ecrou griffe M4 et vis L10078900<br />

1X2 Plaques de mousse pré-découpées (4mm), Pre-cut foam sheet (4mm) L10079100<br />

1X2<br />

Cale appui AR Prolink / Prolink Forward Lean Adjustment Wedge :<br />

(Tous produits Course / All products Course, Performa Prolink) (black)<br />

22.0-25.5 L88239700<br />

26.0-30.0 L88239800<br />

Semelle Externe Et Vis / Bootsole + Screws Ref.<br />

1X2<br />

Arrière / Back: Performa, Evolution, Performa T3, Symbio 440 05, Elios,<br />

Charm, Symbio<br />

8 mm / 22.0-33.5 L48745000<br />

1X2<br />

Avant / Front: Performa, Evolution, Performa T3, Symbio, Performa 04,<br />

Verse 04, Ellipse 04<br />

8 mm / 22.0-25.5 L48961700<br />

8 mm / 26.0-33.5 L48961800<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 5.50<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 13.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 35.00<br />

$ 7.00<br />

$ 7.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PARTS<br />

1X2<br />

Walkadin arrière / Back: Verse, Ellipse & Siam, Performa & Irony,<br />

Course 60 (22-26.5), Impact, Idol, Mission, Divine, SPK, Kaos,<br />

Falcon 60, Impact 60<br />

1X2 Walkadin avant / Front<br />

1X2<br />

Embout alpin arrière / Alpine Pad Back:<br />

Quest, Mission RS, Divine RS (black/grey)<br />

Embout alpin avant / Alpine Pad Front:<br />

Quest Max, Quest, Quest Access (grey/black)<br />

alPIne BootS > 73<br />

12 mm / 22.0-33.5 L55473200<br />

12 mm / 22.0-25.5 L53527600<br />

12 mm / 26.0-33.5 L53527700<br />

L10079000<br />

L35175900<br />

1X2 Embout Alpin Avant - Front alpine Pad: T1 L35238300<br />

1X2 Embout Alpin Arrière - Rear alpine Pad: T1 L35238400<br />

1X2 WTR Walk-To_Ride pads: Quest L32749900<br />

1X2 Lifters LAB 3 & 5mm: X Lab, X Max 130 L33003300<br />

1X2 Lifters RACE 4mm: X Max 120, X Max 110 L33003400<br />

1X2 Lifters CANTING: X Max 120, X Max 110 L33003500<br />

1X2<br />

Arrière / Back: W-Wave (M&W), Course XR Japon, Course GT, Course T,<br />

1080, 1080 Japon, Course 100, 90, 80, 70<br />

L88164200<br />

1X2 Arrière / Back: Team 3.0, team 3.5 L48976300<br />

1X2 Arrière / Back: 12 Mini, 15 Mini 16.0-17.0 L48803000<br />

1X2 Avant / Front: Performa T2, Performa T4 Small, Course 60 (18-21) L88238100<br />

1X2 Arrière / Back: Performa T2, Performa T4 Small, Course 60 (18-21) L88238200<br />

nORdIC Cable / laces Ref.<br />

1X2 Quicklace Small Kit 95 cm L1<strong>2012</strong>30001<br />

1X10 Passant Cable quickfit, Quickfit Holder L1010800001<br />

1X2 Zip (black) L1010810001<br />

(grey) L1010820001<br />

5X2 Puller / Cap Kit L3516340001<br />

1X2 Strap Velcro L2582370001<br />

Clou / Rivet Ref.<br />

1X5 Carbon Pro, Racing Skate 9, Active 9 Skate, Vitane 9 Skate L1010680001<br />

1X5 861, Active 8 Skate CL, Vitane 8 Skate CL, Equipe Combi L1010920001<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 25.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 35.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 20.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 20.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PARTS alPIne BootS & nordIc > 74<br />

1X5 Nail Active 08 Black L1201180001<br />

Semelles / Insoles Ref.<br />

1X2 Durafresh 5 mm<br />

1X2 Durafresh 5 mm<br />

9K L2582360052<br />

10K L2582360008<br />

11K L2582360010<br />

12K L2582360012<br />

13K L2582360054<br />

1 L2582360016<br />

2 L2582360017<br />

3 L2582360056<br />

4 L2582360021<br />

5 L2582360023<br />

6 L2582360025<br />

7 L2582360027<br />

8 L2582360029<br />

9 L2582360031<br />

10 L2582360033<br />

11 L2582360035<br />

12 L2582360037<br />

13 L2582360039<br />

14 L2582360041<br />

languette / Pull Tab Ref.<br />

1X10 Pilot Equipe Skate - Pilot Active Skate (yellow) L1010620001<br />

Bouchon / Plugs Ref.<br />

Pilot Equipe Skate, Profil Equipe Skate+Classic, Pilot Active Skate, Profil Auto (Men/women/Junior),<br />

1X10<br />

Profil Active SC, SNS X adventure Raid+Access<br />

L8900940001<br />

Capot / Cap Ref.<br />

1X10 Profil Equipe Classic, Profil Equipe skate, Profil Active SC L1010210001<br />

1X1 Capot vis Pilot équipe Classic L5545420001<br />

1X1 Capot vis Pilot sport L5545430001<br />

flexor Ref.<br />

1X2<br />

Profil Equipe Skate<br />

Profil Equipe Classic<br />

115: (red)<br />

125: (red)<br />

85: (yellow)<br />

L1010420001<br />

L1010430001<br />

L1010220001<br />

Profil Active SC 105: (grey) L1010510001<br />

Profil Auto Men 105: (black) L1010480001<br />

1X2 Profil Auto Women 95: (grey) L1010490001<br />

Profil Auto Junior Junior: (yellow) L1010500001<br />

1X2 SNS X Adventure Raid 185: (grey) L1010440001<br />

1X2<br />

SNS Propulse RC, SNS Propulse RC 2 85: (yellow) L1203500001<br />

95: (grey) L1201170001<br />

1X2 SNS propulse RC, SN propulse RC 2 RS10 85: (red) L3086330001<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 12.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PARTS<br />

Highback<br />

Spoiler<br />

Forward lean Adjuster<br />

Inclinaison spoiler<br />

Tool free Forward lean<br />

Levier de réglage spoiler<br />

Heelcup<br />

Arceau arrière<br />

Arete de guidage / Ridge Plate Ref.<br />

1X2 Ridge Plate Pilot Skate L7884690001<br />

1X2 Profil Equipe L7884720001<br />

1X2 Ridge plate Profil Auto Universal L7884710001<br />

1X1 S/E Plate Pilot Equipe Classic L5545400001<br />

1X1 SPS Plate + vis / screw L2582350001<br />

1X2 Ridge Plate RC (black) L3518470001<br />

1X2 Ridge Plate RC2 (black) L3518480001<br />

Coulisseaux Pilot Skate / Steel link Ref.<br />

1X2 Coulisseau acier Pilot L7884730001<br />

levier / lever Ref.<br />

1X2 Profil Auto Lever L3518460001<br />

Pieces de Service / Service Products Ref.<br />

1X1 Gabarit / Jig, Pilot, Profil, BC, X Adventure L8910000001<br />

1X4 Patins Gabarit, Reversible jig pads, Pilot, Profil, BC, X Adventure L1010640001<br />

1X5 Foret / Drill bit - Profil Automatique Junior Ø 3,6 x L 8 mm L0008140001<br />

1X1 Foret / Drill bit Ø 3,6 x L 15 mm L1010520001<br />

1X100 Cheville de réparation pour ski de fond / Repair plugs L0008460001<br />

1X10 Autocollant/Sticker: Pilot L5545390001<br />

1X10 Autocollant/Sticker: Propulse L3086340001<br />

1X10 Autocollant en coutchouc / Rubber Sticker: Propulse L3519180001<br />

Ankle Strap sawblade<br />

Crémaillère dentée strap cheville<br />

Ankle strap Adjuster & Tool free<br />

Réglage Strap cheville & vis bouton<br />

Highback rotation screw & Hiback nut<br />

Vis & écrou d’articulation spoiler<br />

SnOWBOARd BIndIngS<br />

Ankle strap / Strap Cheville<br />

Toe strap Adjuster & tool free<br />

Réglage strap orteil & vis bouton<br />

Toe strap / Strap orteil<br />

Toe buckle / Ratchet orteil<br />

Toe Strap Sawblade<br />

Crémaillère dentée strap orteil<br />

Base Front Pad / Pad avant<br />

Disc / Disque<br />

Base<br />

Embase Ankle buckle / Ratchet cheville<br />

NB: Pas de pièces détachées pour les fixations S PRO TEAM / No spare parts for S PRO TEAM bindings<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

Transfert<br />

BASEPLATE<br />

Slasher<br />

Zone Shadow<br />

Pads / Transmission Pads Ref.<br />

Base Front Pad Zone: all Zone models S; M/L L30844600<br />

Base Front Pad Slasher: all Slasher models, Arcade, Stella, Celeste,<br />

Patriot<br />

nordIc > 75<br />

S; M/L L10832200<br />

Base Pad all Relay models (black) Black: S / M / L L53527200<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 18.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 65.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 50.00<br />

$ 50.00<br />

$ 16.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PARTS<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

Full Pad Cover: Slasher models 11+<br />

nordIc & SnowBoard > 76<br />

Black S / Black M/L L30846600<br />

White S / White M/L L30846700<br />

Full Pad Cover: Baseplate Zone 11+ Black S / Black M/L L30846800<br />

White S / White M/L L30846900<br />

Cover disc Pad + Screw for transfer base: Transfer models White: S / White: M / White: L L10834200<br />

Black: S / Black: M / Black: L L10832500<br />

disque 4x4 / 4x4 disks Ref.<br />

1X8 Screw + washers for disk - All models except rental L88999300<br />

1X2 Universal Disk & IMS + Screws + Washers - All models except rental L35148300<br />

Sangles / Straps Ref.<br />

1X2 Toe Strap + M4 Toolfree - All models<br />

S: (black) / M: (black) / L: (black)<br />

S: (white) / M: (white) / L: (white)<br />

L12023600<br />

L12023700<br />

1X2<br />

Toe Strap + M4 Toolfree - Zone models<br />

Toe Strap Kit with Micromax System + M4 tool free + Teeth ladder strap<br />

+ Pin: All models except rental<br />

Teeth ladder strap for Micromax system: Slasher & Transfert Models 12+<br />

1X2 Toe Adjuster - All models 11+ & All Zone models except SP<br />

Black S / Black M/L L30847000<br />

White S / White M/L L30847100<br />

Black S / Black M/L L35148500<br />

White S / White M/L L35148600<br />

Black L35149100<br />

White L35149200<br />

M/L: (black) L78563500<br />

M/L: (white) L10134000<br />

1X2 Holding toe strap adjuster - All Relay and Slasher models (black) L78839300<br />

1X2 Holding toe strap adjuster - All Force and Grace models (white) L53527500<br />

1X2 Toe Sawblade - All SP Models 06+ (black)<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

Narrow Toe Sawblade 19 mm + Holding fast fit pin:<br />

All models with narrow buckle 10+<br />

Toe Sawblade without Fast Fit+ Pin<br />

All models without Fast Fit<br />

TOE ratchet viper for sawblade 19 mm width<br />

All Models 10+<br />

ANKLE buckle viper & screw<br />

All Models 10+<br />

S/M L78837000<br />

L L78837000<br />

S/M: (black) / L: (black) L12023800<br />

S/M: (white) / L: (white) L12024000<br />

Black L30847200<br />

White L30847300<br />

L12024100<br />

L12024300<br />

Ankle Strap – All Relay Models 11- (black) 165 mm / L L78560000<br />

Ankle Strap – All 11- models except Relay.<br />

Cored Out Ankle Strap<br />

All 11- models except Relay.<br />

(black) 165 mm / S L78560000<br />

(black) 185 mm / M/L L78560000<br />

(black) 165 mm / S L12024400<br />

(black) 185 mm / M/L L12024400<br />

1X2<br />

Ankle Strap with Micromax system for toothed strap adjuster<br />

(black) 165 mm / S<br />

(black) 185 mm / M/L<br />

L35149900<br />

L35149900<br />

L+R<br />

(white) 165 mm / S L35150000<br />

All 12+ models except Zone.<br />

(white) 185 mm / M/L L35150000<br />

1X2<br />

Ankle adjuster with Micromax system –<br />

All 12+ models except Zone & Shadow<br />

(black) L35148100<br />

1X2<br />

Ankle adjuster with Micromax system & tool free<br />

All Shadow models<br />

(black) L35148700<br />

1X2 Ankle Sawblade – All Shadow models (black) L35149300<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 2.50<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 1.00<br />

$ 1.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 2.50<br />

$ 2.50<br />

$ 7.00<br />

$ 7.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PARTS<br />

SnowBoard BIndIngS > 77<br />

1X2 Ankle Strap Kit (Screw M5 + Nut M5) – All Shadow models L35148200<br />

1X2 Aesthetic Strap (Screw M5 + Nut M5) – Relay screw inside L99493800<br />

1X4 Ankle Strap Kit (Screw M5 + Nut M5) – All Force & Grace models L78836800<br />

1X2<br />

Spoilers / Highback Ref.<br />

Highback Rotation Kit<br />

All Slasher, SPX, and Transfert models<br />

Highback Rotation Kit<br />

Overmoulded screw + stamp screw + standard nut<br />

All Zone models<br />

Highback Twist Screw:<br />

All Relay models<br />

L89380200<br />

S L30847400<br />

M L30847400<br />

L L30847400<br />

L78839400<br />

1X2 Toolfree FWL Adjuster: All models except Shadow (grey) L78837500<br />

1X2<br />

Ankle adjuster with Micromax system & tool free<br />

All Shadow models<br />

(black) L35148700<br />

1X2<br />

Heelcup and Base Adjustment Kit<br />

All Force & Grace models<br />

(black) L78858000<br />

location / Rental / Speedfit / fastec Ref.<br />

1X2 Disk: Speedfit & Fastec models Aftermarket L78333800<br />

1X8 Screw 4X4 M6X20: Speedfit & Fastec models L78620500<br />

location / Rental / Speedfit Ref.<br />

1X2 Ankle Strap L78697200<br />

1X2 Aluminum Buckle + Screw M5 + Save nut M5 X 8 L12025800<br />

1X2 Plastic Buckle + Screw M5 + Save nut M5 X 8 L78619000<br />

1X2 Quick cricket: Tool free ankle strap adjustment L78619100<br />

1X2 TOE: Sawblade Fast Fit Tooth Straps 11- 9,5 mm hole L78619200<br />

1X2 ANKLE: Sawblade straps for bolt gard 05-11 9,5 mm hole L78619300<br />

1X2 Holding Fast Fit: Toestrap snap support easy base L78619400<br />

1X2 Toestrap L/XL . (S/M couper 1 trou pour petite taille) L78619500<br />

1X2 Toestrap without Fast Fit L/XL or S/M 11+ L35148900<br />

1X2 Heelcup lever L78620600<br />

1X4 Highback screw + bush + nut M6 . L78620700<br />

1X1 Highback Cored Out + FWL adjuster + screw 10+ S/M/L/XL L12026600<br />

1X2 Forward lean adjuster HB + screw & nut M5 x 10 10- S/M L78621300<br />

1X2 Forward lean adjuster HB + screw & nut M5 x 10 10- L/XL L78621400<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 7.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 25.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PARTS<br />

SnowBoard BIndIngS > 78<br />

1X2 Forward lean adjuster HB + screw & nut M5 x 10 10- S/M/L/XL L12026900<br />

1X2<br />

L&R<br />

Scratchs + Springs + Covers + Levers + Screws L78840000<br />

1X6 Plug for base plate / Pions sous embase L12027400<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

Front Pad + Screws<br />

S/M L10834600<br />

M/L L10834600<br />

location / Rental / fastec Ref.<br />

Kit Ankle strap Fastec L10835400<br />

1X2 Kit Toe strap Fastec L10835500<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

1X20<br />

1X8<br />

1X2<br />

L+R<br />

1X10<br />

1X10<br />

1X2<br />

1X10<br />

1X2<br />

Toe strap adjuster L10835600<br />

Side Cover Kit S – M/L – L/XL L30845900<br />

Ankle strap adjuster ( special nut, screw M5x8, safety washer,connection<br />

nut)<br />

ARS Autorelease buckles KIT ( M5x8 screw ,Buckle cam, Nut M5, safety<br />

washer)<br />

Scratchs + Springs + Covers + Levers + Screws<br />

L10835700<br />

L10835800<br />

S/M M/L L10835900<br />

L/XL L10835900<br />

location / Rental / PIQ / PIQ kid Ref.<br />

Ankle and toe Buckle for sawblade 23.5 mm + screw PZ2<br />

All Models for Ankle and Toe PIQ<br />

L12024300<br />

disque 4x4 Métalique / Metalic 4x4 disks Ref.<br />

PIQ Rental Disk + Screws<br />

All Models PIQ , PIQ Kid<br />

PIQ mounting Screws M6x22 for PIQ Rental disk<br />

All Models PIQ , PIQ Kid<br />

Heel cup screw and nut<br />

All Models PIQ , PIQ Kid<br />

Sangles / Straps<br />

Ankle strap + tool Free<br />

All Models PIQ , PIQ Kid<br />

Sawblade Ankle strap & High back nuts + Screw + Plastic Washer<br />

All Models PIQ , PIQ Kid<br />

Ankle strap adjustment & High back nuts + Screw + Plastic Washer<br />

All Models PIQ , PIQ Kid<br />

Toe strap + Pin<br />

All Models PIQ , PIQ Kid<br />

PIQ Toe ladder strap (Front) + Pin<br />

All Models PIQ , PIQ Kid<br />

Hiback<br />

FWL adjustment + Tool free<br />

All Models PIQ 11+ except PIQ Kid<br />

L35149700<br />

L35149400<br />

L35149600<br />

S: (black) L12024400<br />

M: (black) L12024400<br />

(black) L35148400<br />

(black) L35149000<br />

S/M/L: (black) L35149800<br />

S/M: (black) / M/L: (black) L35149500<br />

(black) L35151100<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 20.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 7.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 40.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ 15.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 4.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PART<br />

SnOWBOARd BOOTS<br />

SnowBoard BIndIngS & BootS > 79<br />

lacets / laces<br />

Poignée Power Lace • Power Lace handle: 11- Pledge, Malamute,<br />

Ref.<br />

1X2 Optima, Synapse, Lily, Dialogue, Kiana, Savage, Ivy, F 22, F 22 W, F 20,<br />

F 20 W models<br />

L78396100<br />

1X2<br />

1X8<br />

1X4<br />

Poignée Lace • Lace Pulley: 11- Faction, Pearl, Echelon, Linea,<br />

Kamooks, Talapus models<br />

Open Top Hook Block: 09+ Pledge, Malamute, Optima, Synapse, Lily,<br />

Dialogue, Kiana, Savage, Ivy models<br />

Closed Eyestay / Bottom Hook Block: 09+ Pledge, Malamute, Optima,<br />

Synapse, Lily, Dialogue, Kiana, Savage, Ivy models<br />

L10836200<br />

L10837300<br />

L10837100<br />

1X2 Metal hook: 10- Echelon, Linea. 12 Outsider L10837400<br />

1X2<br />

1X25m<br />

1X2<br />

Lace: For Pledge, Lily, Dialogue, Kiana, Savage, Ivy, F 22, F 22 W, F 20, F<br />

20 W untill 2011 season; For Malamute, Optima, Synapse all seasons<br />

Lacet kevlar chausson • Liner kevlar lace: 10+ Pledge, Malamute,<br />

Optima, Synapse, Lily, Dialogue, Kiana, Savage Boa, Ivy Boa, Savage,<br />

Ivy, Outsider, Fatale, Faction Boa, Pearl Boa, Faction, Pearl, Echelon,<br />

Linea, Savage Rental Boa, F 22, F 22 W, F 20, F 20 W models<br />

New combo («tongue lace locker with springs») 11- Pledge, Malamute,<br />

Optima, Synapse, Lily, Dialogue, Kiana, Savage, Ivy, F 22, F 22 W, F 20,<br />

F 20 W<br />

(black) All sizes L12038900<br />

(white) All sizes L12039000<br />

(red) All sizes L12039200<br />

All sizes L78396400<br />

L99494700<br />

1X2 BOA coiler reel, H2 (B779B) 10+ All BOA models and 12 Savage Boa L12038700<br />

1X2 BOA Lace cable / Savage Boa Rental, Faction Boa, Pearl Boa models<br />

130 cm / 22.0-26.5 L19578800<br />

140 cm / 27.0-31.5 L12039300<br />

1X2 SPL 4 Locker for Faction, Pearl, Echelon, Linea, Kamooks, Talapus L30861500<br />

1X25m<br />

C4D-1 2.0 mm 11- Faction, Pearl, Kamooks, 12- Echelon, Linea,<br />

Talapus<br />

L30861400<br />

1X6 Block Open + Hook + Block Closed: F 4.0 and F 3.0 L30861200<br />

1X2 Lace Handle + Lace: F 4.0 and F 3.0 L30860400<br />

1X2 Tongue Locker – 12+ Faze Lock, Zone Lock L35129200<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

Lace 1,9 mm<br />

12+ Faze Lock, Zone Lock<br />

Liner lace locker lever<br />

12+ All models<br />

Side Combo<br />

12+ Faze Lock, Savage Boa Strait Jaket, Ivy Boa Strait Jaket<br />

Lace Handle<br />

12+ Faze Lock, Zone Lock, Savage Boa Strait Jaket, Ivy Boa Strait Jaket<br />

Combo Power Lace<br />

12+ Malamute, Optima, Synapse<br />

(black) 185 cm L35129400<br />

(white) 185 cm L35147400<br />

L35144700<br />

L35144800<br />

L35144900<br />

L35145000<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 20.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 20.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 5.00<br />

$ 3.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 1.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


SPARE PART<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

1X2<br />

fOOTWEAR<br />

Power lace top block, hook, closed block<br />

12+ Malamute, Optima, Synapse<br />

SnowBoard BootS & footwear > 80<br />

H3 Coiler / Tongue Reel – 12+ Synapse Focus Boa, Savage Boa Strait<br />

Jaket, Ivy Boa Strait Jaket, Faction Boa, Pearl Boa<br />

M3 Remote Mount / Lateral Reel<br />

Synapse Focus Boa<br />

Single lace Pack – Synapse Focus Boa:<br />

Upper Zone<br />

Single lace Pack – Savage Boa Strait Jaket,<br />

Ivy Boa Strait Jaket<br />

Single lace Pack with lace stopper<br />

Synapse Focus Boa: Lower Zone<br />

Quick lace liner locker<br />

12+ Echelon, Linea, Savage Boa Rental<br />

L35145100<br />

L35145200<br />

L35145300<br />

100 cm / 25.0-27.5 L35145400<br />

110 cm / 28.0-30.5 L35145500<br />

150 cm / 22.0-26.5 L35145600<br />

160 cm / 27.0-31.5 L35145800<br />

80 cm / 25.0-27.5 L35145900<br />

90 cm / 28.0-30.5 L35146000<br />

L35146100<br />

lacets / laces Ref.<br />

1X2 Quick Lace Small Kit (black) L1<strong>2012</strong>30001<br />

$ 4.00<br />

$ 20.00<br />

$ 10.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 8.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 6.00<br />

$ 2.00<br />

$ USD<br />

$ 20.00<br />

Prices are subject to change at anytime.


WARRAnTy<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Retail Binding limited Warranty<br />

Replacement Procedures<br />

Step One. Verify by customer receipt or production code that the defective component is under<br />

warranty. (Warranty claims should be handled through Authorized Dealers to ensure speed and<br />

accuracy of product replacement. Please do not refer a customer directly to <strong>Salomon</strong>.)<br />

Step Two: Call customer service for return authorization number.<br />

Step Three: Return the defective set to <strong>Salomon</strong> with the return authorization number clearly<br />

printed on the outside of the package. Return the entire set,<br />

unless otherwise instructed by customer service.<br />

Ship the package freight pre-paid to:<br />

uSA Canada<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Service Center <strong>Salomon</strong> Canada Sports<br />

Building 5X, Bay 6 Division of Amer Sports Canada Inc.<br />

710 West Amidan Drive 85 Davy Road<br />

Ogden, UT 84404 Belleville (Ontario) K8N 5B6<br />

Upon a dealer’s request to Customer Service, a warranty replacement component can be<br />

shipped in advance to the dealer before it is inspected at <strong>Salomon</strong>’s Service Center. <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

will invoice the dealer for the replacement component and issue a credit when the defective<br />

component is received and verified. If the defective component exchanged for the advance replacement<br />

is not received within 45 days from the issue of the Return Authorization Number, or<br />

proves not to be defective, no credit will be issued for the replacement product.<br />

Step four: <strong>Salomon</strong> will ship the replacement product to the dealer, surface freight pre-paid,<br />

after verification of the defect.<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Service Center<br />

In the event an unusual situation is encountered or a technical question arises please call the<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Service Center at:<br />

uSA 1-800-654-2668<br />

CAn 1-800-361-3398 ext. 4113<br />

* Models include: Caliber, Chief, Relay (Pro, Series, Ring), Absolut (Pure, Premium), Cypher, Arcade, Patriot, Stella, and Celeste<br />

warranty > 81<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Retail Alpine Bindings are covered under warranty against defects in materials and manufacturing for a period of five years from their date of purchase to the original customer. In the<br />

absence of proof-of-purchase, this warranty period will be five years from date of manufacture of the product as indicated by production code. This warranty only covers the defective component,<br />

not the full pair or set, i.e., left toe piece, brake, right heel, etc. Abuse and normal wear are not covered by this warranty.<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Wintersports Equipment Warranty Policy<br />

Thank you for buying this SALOMON product.<br />

They are built to last.<br />

SALOMON distributes its products<br />

through its worldwide network of authorized<br />

SALOMON distributors and retailers<br />

and on the SALOMON Online Store at<br />

www.salomon.com, www.salomonrunning.com,<br />

www.salomonfreeski.com.<br />

You will find herein/below all SALOMON warranty<br />

policy details offered by SALOMON and<br />

the SALOMON authorized retailers.<br />

I. Warranty definition<br />

This warranty policy is valid as of<br />

November 1st 2010.<br />

SALOMON provides this warranty to buyers<br />

who purchased the SALOMON product<br />

(Product) to <strong>Salomon</strong>. SALOMON Products<br />

are guaranteed against all manufacturing or<br />

material defects (Defect) for the Warranty<br />

Period as defined below.<br />

SALOMON Products are compliant with their<br />

description and specifications; it is your<br />

responsibility to ensure that the Products you<br />

purchase are compatible for the intended use.<br />

This warranty is valid and enforceable<br />

only in the country where the Product was<br />

purchased by the end user, provided that<br />

SALOMON has intended the Product for sale<br />

in that country.<br />

Please report to the SALOMON authorized<br />

retailers list.<br />

Depending on the country, particular and<br />

variable warranties may apply in relation to<br />

applicable legislation. Nothing in this warranty<br />

policy can exclude or limit these statutory<br />

provisions.<br />

Warranty Period<br />

The Warranty Period starts at the date of<br />

retail purchase of the Product by the original<br />

end-user purchaser. The product may consist<br />

of several different parts and different parts<br />

may be covered by different warranties periods<br />

(please report to “Warranty Period”).<br />

The different Warranties Periods are :<br />

a. Three (3) years for winter sports pants and<br />

jackets<br />

b. Select* snowboard binding baseplates and<br />

highbacks have a limited lifetime warranty.<br />

c. Two (2) years for other products<br />

To the extent permitted by national laws,<br />

the Warranty Period will not be extended,<br />

renewed or otherwise affected due to subsequent<br />

resale, repair or replacement of<br />

the Product.<br />

However, part(s) repaired or replacement<br />

product(s) during the Warranty Period will<br />

be warranted for the reminder of the original<br />

Warranty Period provided replacement or<br />

repair has been performed by SALOMON or<br />

an authorized SALOMON retailer.<br />

Depending on the country, particular and<br />

variable Warranties Periods may apply in<br />

relation to applicable legislation.<br />

Nothing in this warranty policy can exclude<br />

or limit these statutory provisions.<br />

II : The warranty does not cover:<br />

• Damages due to transportation<br />

• Damages due to storage<br />

• Damages due to improper use of the products<br />

and poor maintenance<br />

• Damages due to non-observance of the instructions<br />

or restrictions for use of the products<br />

as defined in the products owner manual<br />

Mechanical Inspection failures<br />

Normal wear is expected with the use of a product. Should a component fail a mechanical<br />

inspection (measured release values that fall outside the “In-Use Range”) within its warranty<br />

period, include the following information with the returned component.<br />

• Description of inspection that the component failed.<br />

• Brand of test device and date of most recent calibration.<br />

• Skier Code and visual indicator setting.<br />

• Boot brand, model and sole length.<br />

• All measured release values and name of the technician.<br />

Every <strong>Salomon</strong> binding component is precision tested to assure its accuracy during manufacture.<br />

It is extremely rare that a component would be out of calibration unless there is visible<br />

damage. All bindings returned due to mechanical testing failures are inspected. No replacement<br />

product will be issued unless all required information is included with the product.<br />

Product Age Verification<br />

Verification that the product is within the warranty period can be made in the following<br />

two ways:<br />

1. Customer receipt indicating product was purchased within the last five years.<br />

2. Component production code* indicating manufacture of product within last five years.<br />

nOTE<br />

* All <strong>Salomon</strong> binding components are stamped with a two- or three-digit code upon their<br />

final production to indicate month and year of production. Normally, codes are a letter<br />

followed by a number, with the letter indicating month of production. Each number corresponds<br />

to the actual year of production, i.e., ‘9’ would indicate 2009, ‘0’ would indicate<br />

2010, etc. To simplify the warranty process, product age is determined by the year of<br />

production only. Retail bindings with a production code indicating that the bindings were<br />

manufac tured in 2008 (e.g., A8, M8) will be warranted until the end of the <strong>2012</strong>/<strong>2013</strong> ski<br />

season. Production codes are stamped in various places on all binding components.<br />

• Damages due to the products normal wear<br />

and tear<br />

• Damages due to non-observance of the instructions<br />

for maintenance as defined in the<br />

products owner manual<br />

• Damages due to modification of the products<br />

• Damages due to any impact caused by sharp<br />

items, due to torsion, compression, a fall, an<br />

abnormal impact or other actions that cannot<br />

be under SALOMON’s reasonable control.<br />

The present warranty is not enforceable if :<br />

1. The Product is not returned in its original<br />

packaging, if it has been modified or repaired<br />

by any person or entity other than<br />

SALOMON or an authorized SALOMON<br />

retailer;<br />

2. The Product has been repaired with unauthorized<br />

spare parts;<br />

3. The Product serial number has been removed,<br />

deleted, altered or made illegible.<br />

III : Warranty enforcement<br />

In case of Defect, SALOMON agrees to accept<br />

the claim, replace, repair or credit the<br />

Product at no charge for the end-user and<br />

return it. This shall be determined in the sole<br />

discretion of SALOMON or his authorized<br />

retailer, unless this is impossible or disproportionate.<br />

The remedy will be deemed to be disproportionate<br />

by SALOMON if it imposes costs on<br />

SALOMON which, in comparison with the<br />

alternative remedy, are unreasonable, taking<br />

into account :<br />

• The value the goods would have if there<br />

were no Defect,<br />

• The significance of the Defect,<br />

• Whether the alternative remedy could be<br />

completed without significant inconvenience<br />

to the consumer.<br />

SALOMON agrees that all repair or replacement<br />

of the Product will occur within a reasonable<br />

period and without any major inconvenience<br />

for the consumer, taking account of the<br />

good’s kind and its fitness for purpose.<br />

The consumer is not entitled to have the contract<br />

rescinded if the Defect is minor.<br />

For all warranty claims, please produce the<br />

Product and the proof of purchase to the nearest<br />

authorized SALOMON retailer or in case<br />

you purchased the Product on SALOMON<br />

Online Store, please contact the <strong>Salomon</strong><br />

Service Center.<br />

limitation of liability<br />

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY NATIONAL LAWS, THE<br />

PRESENT WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF<br />

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. SALOMON SHALL NOT BE<br />

HELD LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES<br />

INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF CHANCE<br />

OR PROFITS, LOSS OF SAVINGS OR REVENUE, LOSS<br />

OF DATA, PUNITIVE DAMAGES, LOSS OF USE OF THE<br />

PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED FACILITIES, COST OF<br />

CAPITAL, COST OF ANY SUBSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR<br />

FACILITIES, DOWNTIME, THE CLAIMS OF ANY THIRD<br />

PARTIES, INCLUDING CUSTOMERS, AND INJURY<br />

TO PROPERTY, RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE<br />

OR USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING FROM<br />

BREACH OF THE WARRANTY, BREACH OF CONTRACT,<br />

NEGLIGENCE, STRICT TORT, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL<br />

OR EQUITABLE THEORY, EVEN IF SALOMON KNEW<br />

OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES. SALOMON<br />

SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR DELAY IN RENDERING<br />

SERVICE UNDER THE LIMITED WARRANTY, OR LOSS<br />

OF USE DURING THE PERIOD THAT THE PRODUCT IS<br />

BEING REPAIRED.<br />

For all warranty claims, please contact your<br />

customer service representative at:<br />

uSA 1-800-654-2668<br />

CAn 1-800-361-3398 ext. 4113


<strong>Salomon</strong> u.S.A.<br />

2030 LINCOLN AVE.<br />

OGDEN, UT 84401 U.S.A.<br />

1 (800) 225-6850<br />

www.salomoncertification.com<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong> Canada Sports<br />

2700 14TH AVE UNIT 1-4<br />

MARKHAM, ON L3R 0J1<br />

www.salomonhookup.ca<br />

<strong>Salomon</strong>Sports.com<br />

Printed in Canada